Insidious Meme

Tension Software: Predicting a Storm – 10-10-2023

Tension Software: Predicting a Storm - 10-10-2023

TENSION SOFTWARE: PREDICTING A STORM - 10-10-2023

Episode Summary:

The PDF discusses a software that detects building and release tension in society, with the current tension being 13 times higher than usual. The author suggests that there's an impending event, which will be emotionally impactful, similar to or exceeding the magnitude of 9/11. This event is speculated to be a response to the current financial instability, with the dollar losing value, leading to potential hyperinflation. The author believes that this event won't be financial but rather a physical attack, possibly involving directed energy weapons (DEWs). The use of DEWs is seen as a cost-effective and efficient method of causing destruction without leaving much trace or requiring many people involved. The author speculates that this attack might target central US locations, possibly related to Cheyenne Mountain or Denver Airport, aiming to cause significant disruption and panic. This event is seen as a desperate attempt by some unseen powers to regain control and influence over the population for at least another year.

#Event #ClifHigh #Software #Control #Population #FinancialInstability #Hyperinflation #Dollar #PhysicalAttack #DirectedEnergyWeapons #DEWs #CentralUS #CheyenneMountain #DenverAirport #OremUT #Disruption #Panic #UnseenPowers #9/11 #EmotionalImpact #Predicted #Major #Target #Attempt #Regain #Influence #Desperate #Magnitude #CostEffective #Efficient #Destruction #Trace #Locations #Speculation #Response #Impactful

Key Takeaways:
  • Software detects unprecedented societal tension.
  • Predicted event with emotional impact similar to or greater than 9/11.
  • Event speculated to be a response to financial instability and potential hyperinflation.
  • Possible use of directed energy weapons in a physical attack.
  • Central US locations like Cheyenne Mountain or Denver Airport might be targeted.
  • Attack aims to cause significant disruption and panic.
  • Event seen as a desperate attempt to regain control over the population.
Predictions:
  • An impending event with significant emotional impact is predicted.
  • The event will likely be a physical attack, possibly involving directed energy weapons.
  • Targeted locations might be in central US, possibly related to Cheyenne Mountain or Denver Airport.
  • The event is speculated to be a desperate attempt to regain control and influence over the population amidst financial instability.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

TENSION SOFTWARE: PREDICTING A STORM - 10-10-2023

To say geniuses out there that I consider like a mad scientist type of intellect. I love having you on the show, man. So thank you for coming back. Sure, no worries, guy. No worries.

Glad to do it. I've had so many guests on my show, both on YouTube and on my back channels. And I know this is going to go pretty deep, but it looks like we're right in the smack dab middle of this war. It looks like it's really starting to escalate. It looks like there's no slowing down.

Both sides are going all in. And I know you've created that software. Are you still using that software? What can you tell us? Cliff?

I'll let you have the floor. What are you seeing pan out right now? What are you seeing happening? What's going on?

All right, so my software has a certain bit of alarm showing. Right? Okay. So my software has a range of values for building and release tension. Okay.

So there are two different types of emotional tension, building tension, where you're getting ready to fight, and then the release, where you're releasing it. Right. So, like, Terry Cassidy the other day was releasing all over you. Okay. Anyway, a reminder.

Yeah. So here's the thing. So the top end of my scale is of the delta between the building tension and the release tension is 580. Sometimes the difference is only in the threes. Okay.

Now these are just numbers. The numbers are not in and of themselves meaningful because they change slightly as I adjust numbers on the words. But what's important is the level of the range has been consistent since more or less consistent. I've had to enlarge the range a couple of times since, say, like, 2001. All right, so now we have a situation where the delta is not within that range.

It's out here at 81 point something. Okay, so 13 times higher than our usual that is the tension in which are you talking about? Like, you could tell by the chatter on the Internet. Correct. My software is going through and picking up language that's being leaked, picking up the emotions, and it gets it right, and it gets it like that.

And we'd have building tension, and then you'd have release of that language. Right. And so what we're looking at now, this is release. That's like an outpouring, grief, suffering, wailing, all of that kind of shit. Right.

It could also be happiness. Okay. That's release partying. Let's party. That's release language now.

Right now it's hovering at 81 something.

This would be like, looking like building tension. Release tension. Building tension. Release tension. Building tension.

Release tension. Wow. Right? So here's the thing. Is there a way to tell between the two?

Between the release? Yeah, it's release language that is dominating what kind of release it is. I don't think it's a party. Okay. So I think it's pretty negative.

I get confirmation on my stuff by watching people that are psychic that have proven records as like remote viewers or psychic intuitives or whatever, right? And all over the Internet, no matter what language, iranian, Russian, Estonian, Albanian, all of the psychics are picking something up, all right? And my budy Dick Algae, and I'm going to talk to him tomorrow and we're going to do a video on this. He and his remote viewing group are also picking up something way big. Now, here's the thing with this.

I'm not going to get into the details on his, but he has talked about this on JC's, on Beyond Mystic Channel. They had a remote viewing, Dick and his group, everybody goes to Remote View and they all get this same subject, but it's nowhere near what the question was. And so everybody know we screwed up, something went wonky, so they do it again and it happens again. Everybody gets the same thing, but it's nowhere near what the question they were being asked. So basically what happens is like this if you're a psychic and you go out or a remote viewer.

So remote viewers are like, in my opinion, they are the black belts of psychic, okay? They're trained, all right? So they train themselves in a martial arts fashion to get better at their craft, whereas a psychic just goes along, right, and doesn't really know, they never examine it and so on honed in. Correct. Okay, so the remote viewers here are saying that they want to go and look at this target.

Here's the target. And that's where they're being sent by the remote viewing tasking. But their view is always pulled over this way, no matter what they do, okay? And it's because this thing is so damn big that it overshadows their ability to get at that some kind of event. Correct.

Okay, so here's the thing. I'll let Dick characterize it tomorrow in his group and stuff, right? But conceptually, this is the same thing that's happening with that 81 number, okay? We're going to have some event that's going to have so much release language following it that it's going to dominate everything. And so I'm saying that this is between three and 13 times as emotive as 911.

Holy shit. And bigger than Lahaina.

So if you really think about this and everything that's happening with the House hearings, the walls are closing in on them. They're going to start playing you don't think so they don't care about that. They don't care about that. That's a minor little ripple to them. But they have to make some kind of big move.

Correct. They have to make no. Okay. So in my understanding that would not be accurate. Okay?

Now what's driving everything is the dollar, the money, okay? And so here's the deal.

All of the financial records that would have exposed all of the deep state and everything were in building seven, and what happened to it? Magically, it disappeared, right, as along with all the records and we had that event that brought in the Patriot Act. So I would not be surprised right now that there was some dictatorial law 2000 pages of crap that's already ready to go for whatever this event is, okay? I believe that it's my thinking that this event is going to be triggered is triggered in the future by events that are going on now relative to the financial situation. And that outcome is for sure already.

So it could be some kind of a financial apocalypse? Well, no, it wouldn't be like that. Okay, so the financial apocalypse is already happening. So this is a little tricky. So stick with me on this, all right?

Hyperinflation is not an economic or a fiscal thing, okay? You're going along. You got inflation at 40%, and then in one month inflation could jump to 100 or 120%. Okay? It doesn't happen because of how much money they're putting into the system at that stage.

It is entirely a psychological wave that sweeps through the population where they say, holy shit, this is not worth toilet paper. I've got to spend this thing right now and get some level of value out of it because tomorrow it's going to be worth less. So if it took one of these to buy a sheet of toilet paper today, it'll take two or three of them to buy a sheet of toilet paper tomorrow, so I'd better spend it today. That's what hyperinflation is. It's this emotion, this tension, this building tension, value around the value of the currency, and it just triggers and the whole population within days because one person starts panic spending, buying everything they can, as though they were suddenly trying to hoard things, right?

And the grocery store owner sees this, mrs. Jones, why are you buying three carts full of steaks? That kind of thing. Right, exactly. Panic buying.

And the panic starts to spread. The panic ultimately spreads up into the financial people, all right? And so the people that the Federal Reserve cannot have a hyperinflationary episode work through the population of the US. They could sort of deal with it if it worked through dollars that are outside of our country. Right.

They could manage that a little bit. It would cause big problems. Here we'd get up to like maybe 60% inflation, but somewhere between where we're at now, which is like 40% inflation and 60% inflation is the potential to trigger over to hyperinflation, where everybody, as soon as you get paid, you spend it all that day. Okay? This has huge ramifications for a system that is run on credit, credit cards and electronics.

Because at the end of every month when people got paid with paychecks or the end of every week, there's going to be a massive spike of spending and then everything dries up in the rest of that week and it really alters the nature of the social order. So the powers that be the Federal Reserve, the mother Weffers, they're fighting among themselves all the time. Our Federal Reserve right now is caught in a quandary. Do they try and save the Federal Reserve note and thus themselves? Or do they pay attention to what Klaus Schwab and the mother Weffers want to do?

It is my thinking that the upcoming hyperinflationary wave that could hit the US. Has to be offset in a 911 kind of a fashion. They need an event to try and cover their ass. So I don't think we're talking about banks failing. I don't think we're talking about digital anything.

I think we're talking about a physical attack, and I believe it'll probably be directed energy weapons because of the efficiency of that attack. Okay, so there was all kinds of magic. So the Khazarian mafia employed thousands, thousands of Jewish witches prior to 911, and they worked the magic, right? And they worked it up for the entire month of August and for the first ten days of September. We watched this those of us that track this shit online, we watched this happen.

We didn't know what it was going to lead to, but it led to 911. Okay, so it is my thinking was at work before 911, they were going all in for that. Okay? Correct. So they're trying to work the spiritual side, the financial side, the psychological side, all of it together in a package.

This is how you have to think. Holistically right? And so, in my opinion, they will have an event, and they will try and capitalize on and control as much of their problems as they can with this one event. But to my way of thinking all right, so my way of thinking is that things are not static over time, that humans learn. Humans have an experience.

We harden with time. Right? And so if you beat me every day for a week about the shoulders, my shoulder is going to get pretty tough right. On that. Next week, they'll be sore.

Two weeks after that, you won't be able to beat my shoulders to any good effect at all because I will have toughened up. This is the nature of our reality. Okay, so my thinking is that this was 911, and that kept them going until 2020 on their plan. Right. But we can't have another 911.

Our emotional upheaval and stuff is way the hell up here already. Whatever higher than that. Correct. In order for them to control us, they need to have something, as I was saying, between three and 13 times higher than 911 to try and extend that out into 2024. Now, bear in mind, look how long they got with 911.

We're up so high that all they're hoping to do is to control one more year. So you see their desperation.

There you go. Now let's discuss that. Okay, so I'm not of the opinion that they can do a nuke. All right? And here's why?

In order for a nuke to be used, they would have to involve several thousands of people, all right? And they're not in a position now where they can go around and clean up those several thousands of people afterwards that they don't talk. And look at how shaky everything is in terms of their ability to ensure silence, right? You got all these whistleblowers people that used to be down and dirty, they ain't getting paid, so now they're talking, right?

And they can't be bribed anymore because the paper is no good because it's all interconnected and the paper doesn't have any purchasing power, right? So what if you get a million dollars? Big deal. That's just not going to keep you silent that long, especially at this level. This goes along with Juano Saban's vent of Cuban Missile Crisis 2.0.

Okay, let's stop right there, though. Okay, so that was nukes. Now, here's the thing about nukes. A small nuke, not like suitcase, but like a small nuke that could be used on a city, requires a big airplane. It requires a crew, requires fuel.

There's paper trails left everywhere. There's people involved. There's airports, there's the potential for security. That all is going to come back and bite them in the ass. And they're so desperate to control through this year that they don't want to deal with any kind of fallout in between from whatever the hell there is they're doing.

And it's a cost issue, okay? It costs you real money to bribe several thousands of people, even if they don't know why they're being bribed or what's going on. It is easier to have a screen in China, Indonesia, Malaysia, India, the United States, even somebody sitting behind a screen pushing a button on a drone that releases a series of energy weapons. There's a cost to this, but it's far less than thousands of people loading a nuke. It's only maybe 50 people.

Wait, you're talking about direct energy weapons. Correct. What we saw in Lahaina. But they had to blame climate change on that. Okay.

No. Okay, so track me on this. All right, so there's three types of directed energy weapons, all right? There's the sonic one, and we're not going to really deal with that at this time, but there's the lasers, and then there's the high power microwaves. Now, the lasers are part of the process, but the damage is done by the high power microwaves.

The high power microwaves, though, have a failure.

I would think I'm getting a picture here with a vaccine. I don't know. It's going to be really magnificently violent. But here's my thinking. Okay?

All right. So what I think they're going to do, because of the nature of what I've got in my data, and maybe I have yet to talk to Dick, and I have yet to even watch his video that he sent me on their debriefing. They're so kind to do that. Dick and his crew are just such nice guys. But anyway, so here's what I think that's going to happen.

We'll just say that down here there's a valley, and this is the target in the place that I think this is going to happen. There's a pretty consistent cloud cover.

What I think they're going to do is I think they're going to use a laser and they're going to disrupt the touch that your high power microwave can beam in through it. Because if a high power microwave starts beaming in and hits a high enough water level in the clouds, it does all of the damage and stuff up there. So my thinking because of some of the stuff I've got in the data is that this X right here, okay? So my description on this is this valley and mountains and other things that make me think of Cheyenne Mountain, denver Airport, and one other place I'm not going to go into, okay? So let's just assume that I'm correct about this, that it's going to be one of these mountainous places.

So I'm thinking that this attack that's going to take place is planned right now for central US. But they're going to blame it on a natural event. But it's not going to be climate change. It's going to be a meteor, it's going to be a system. Everything they're going to take, I think, right now, here's the thing, okay?

So my data sets have provided me hints, and that's all it is, okay? Just hints just made me psychically. Tune in and think of these three particular places cheyenne Mountain and the Denver Airport. Then there's this one other one that would be really bizarre. It has these kind of criteria in terms of what it looks like, but if they hit that one, it would break the backbone of the Internet for some period of time, especially in the US.

It would slice us into regions because of the place there has this particular set of equipment, right? And so it would be really strange. It would be like with the ten days of darkness. Correct? Only it wouldn't be ten days.

It'd be like in the United States, it'd be like ten years. Because we don't have enough replacement equipment. We don't have the people to do it. If they do this, bear in mind, down here, it's going to look like a nuke hit, okay? Because this directed energy weapon can just keep beaming on down there also.

So grasp this, this high power microwave. You'll sometimes see it as HPW for just regular wave the 911 towers as they were falling. That's what caused the free fall and the dustification of the 911 towers. So they just sighted down on the towers, hit a button and dissolved it on the way down. So there was 1.25 million tons of material in the towers.

Do you know how much they hauled off? Do you know how much they actually hauled off? 40 truckloads. 40 truckloads of material. Wow.

So where did the 1.25 million tons go? It was turned into dust and gas. And so this is what I think is going to happen. Now, if this is the Denver airport, they're after whatever the hell is underneath it. Okay?

So they would just keep going and going and going and going until there was just a big smoking crater in the ground because we also can say it would make sense. Also Cheyenne Mountain because correct. Trump shut down Cheyenne Mountain. That's basically their opposition right there. That's our stronghold.

And also Cheyenne Mountain was connected to whatever the hell is under Maui wow. So they got to take that out. I don't know. They got to take out Cheyenne Mountain. See, I think these guys are not very sophisticated, so I wouldn't do things this way, but I'm not a bad guy.

Okay. But I think they have to do something that is energetic and psychologically captivating. And the second part of it controls how much is the first part is used. They need so much energy into this that they capture our minds and hold them for a year. They want to get us into release language, know, in flux so that they can move us and control us.

For a Denver, denver would be a target. Not just the airport, the whole place. Well, there's the thing with the directed energy weapons. They spread out. They're precise, but they're not like pinpoint, right?

So they spread out in their effect. So just beaming it down in on the airport is probably going to do a lot of damage to the whole region. What may even affect all of Colorado for all I know, because they got to go through if they were going to get the Denver airport, they've got to get that huge layer on top. This has to happen, all right? And so in my opinion, this would have to happen before April 3 of next year.

And again, in my opinion I'm sorry, that's what Juanito says. He says the same thing. That the timeline. Okay, let me explain this. Let me just tell me this adds up to you.

October testing of the national emergency system is October 4. He said that lines up with about six months out, which would be November, December, January, February, March, April, April. Okay. It's a power number, a power time, April 4. Here's the deal about that, okay, so that's correct.

All of that's factual. There's another thing to take into consideration. These people are into the dark arts, our enemies, all right? So bear in mind we fight warlocks and witches. So I'm a shaman.

Okay? I know magic. I can do magic. I can do everything a warlock does. It's just I got better things to do, right?

So here's the thing. I know that and I know that they must cooperate in their magic with cycles. So I'm not so sure that they would let it go beyond the first part of March. It's going to be much better for them to do it in the winter than it is in the spring. Just, that's why things happen in the fall, right?

To set us up so that they can magnify the winter effect on our minds and control us that much longer. You know how you feel in the winter, right? Is it because it's so freezing? Why would they do it in the winter? Okay, because there's less light.

All right, this is really spooky, dude. We are light beings, okay? So if you wrap yourself up in tinfoil, not only will you overheat, you will have a fantastic experience in your pineal gland as all of your biophotons are pushed back into your body. I do not recommend this, okay?

But it is akin to a psychedelic without taking a drug. It is that powerful. We are light beings. We react to the sun, we react to light from the stars, we react to reflected light, et cetera, et cetera. In the winter, we have so much less because of the angles of the sun and stuff, especially up in the northern hemisphere, so they're going to try and harmonize.

So what if I wrap myself in tinfoil and take a psychedelic? Oh, you wouldn't survive. No way, dude. The bigger you are, the more biophotons you extrude. Okay, I'm sorry, bigger you are?

Is that you said or what did you say? Yeah, the larger mass you have, the physical mass, whether it's fat or muscle, doesn't matter much. There's slight gain with muscle over fat, but you emit more biophotons. Okay, so bigger people are going to suffer. The effects have a bigger trip, so to speak, than smaller, thinner people.

It's just the way it works. You're just not going to get as much of this bounce back into the pineal gland. Now if your pineal gland is calcified, you're not going to feel very much, you just get overheated and you're going to throw up. Right? And like I say, it can don't do this.

But my point being that we are light creatures and look, dude, how many times have you been treated with light for your injuries? The red light pads, all of those kind of things, right? Yeah, come to think of it, yes. And you know, if you were to be like up in the northeast in the winter, you know how you would feel less light in the day. You don't care so much about the cold, but it's the light that impacts you.

So I think these guys would harmonize and so of course I'm thinking they're going to maybe do it before January ish right, maybe it could get as far as February. But shortly thereafter the angles don't favor them. The next time they would have an opportunity would be the next fall. I don't think they can survive that long economically. I agree that's too late.

Juanito and I have talked about this, and I've had some other people on that. This fall looks like a vertical jump in the drama. Are you seeing that as well, this fall? Just because I'm saying it on my program. That's what that release language is.

Release language is Carrie Cassidy's drama that hit you the other day. She was like nine out of ten of her statements were release language. Yeah, that wet fish just slapping you upside the face. I mean, I could hear the blows over here while I was sweeping. Yeah, I'm abused.

I'm abused, Cliff. Yeah.

At least you heal quick. It's all right.

So then what happens after that, as that happens, and this event, whatever this event is, which you say is going to be your theory is it could be direct energy weapon, right, that makes the most sense. What's the aftermath of that? Do you have any kind of reading on that? Okay. All right.

The bad guys don't want you to know that this is part of the war, so they're going to have to do everything they can. So they are creating any warm temperatures that exist in their climate change model. That's all entirely hoaxed up. Right? So we would expect a massive, massive, massive psychological operation all focusing on this being a natural occurrence of a meteor hitting us.

They may even throw act of God.

You get a meteor, that kind of shit. They'll do everything just pile on the psychological crap after this supposed meteor hits us, and then they're going to get on the case and be serious about it. On any blowback that people would say it wasn't a meteor. But could it be? Maybe.

Could they play the alien card prematurely? Could they do that right now? Could that be the next thing? That's why they were so pissed about the congress yesterday or the other day. Okay, so, you know, they oh, Mexican.

Yeah. Mexican Congress. Okay, but see, here's the thing. There was verbiage, quite a bit of verbiage coming out of the Department of Defense that was saying, all this is bogus. And it's like, why does our Department of Defense give a crap about what the Mexican Congress hears about space aliens?

Maybe they care because they didn't want that whole shock value to be taken away from them. And it's already starting to spread around the planet. People are now starting to sell space alien artifacts on ebay, that kind of thing. Not the artifacts of the space aliens, but what the humans did in carving the space aliens that they interacted with, et cetera. Right.

So does this event, since you can foresee this coming, and I'm sure the white hats can, the good guys can. We all can. Now my audience can. Now that we see this event coming, can we stop this, or do we need to stop it, or does it need to happen? Okay, so there you go.

Dude, that's above my pay grade. That's a question for universe, all right? So I'm a doer in the body. My job is to do shit on this planet.

So I'm not the thinker, I'm not the knower of information like that. So I don't know if enough of us were looking at Denver or looking at Cheyenne Mountain, would they do it? If enough of us say it's not going to be a nuke, it's going to look like a meteor, they're going to fake a meteor, they're going to do it directly with energy weapons. Will they do it? What's his name just said he isn't going to run out of Utah.

Yeah. Okay, so why did he do that? Because enough of us are looking at him and saying crime, crime, crime. Okay. And look at what's happened with the mother weapons themselves.

The level of degradation is huge. The last conference, this is a panic move that they have to pay, they have to play this card. They have no choice right now. It could be stopped, okay? Not necessarily by you and me directly forming a huge mass of people that are all looking at the same place, but maybe because we all get excited about something like this.

Maybe because we're all psychic and we're feeling something coming like this. Our white hat guys pay attention and go do shit. Okay? So this is kind of like the quandary that you faced the other day when Carrie was hitting you with that mackerel, all right? Because she was saying that why didn't the interceptor platform stop it, why didn't the military stop it?

Well, we don't have interceptor platforms, that for one thing.

But anyway, though but you see my point here, right? I don't know if this has to happen, if it happens, then we must be moved by universe to fight fiercely. Any psychological stuff that comes on out because maybe we'll break them right there. Maybe so many people will know in advance that they're going to fake up a meteor. That when they come on out and say, oh look, Denver Airport just got hit by a meteor.

Everybody and their brother is just going to erupt and just be a giant riot on the internet and the planet and so on, and we'll get rid of them all. Wouldn't they have to use MSM to bring forth this problem? In other words, problem reaction, solution. So wouldn't they probably a month before the meteor hits, start putting it out on television and saying, oh, it's coming, there's something, or was that there's already been two of those really? Two new objects in our solar system?

One from about three months back. I remember Lester Holt talked about a mothership that came into our solar system. Yeah. And beyond all of the space aliens and all of that. But I'm saying that there's two rocks they've identified, so maybe they've got their candidates lined up, right?

Wow. So we could be looking at some kind of catastrophe. That's going to surpass 911. An attack it's not a catastrophe, an attack that they'll blame on nature. They'll have to blame it on nature, like some outside God, whatever.

That will probably be an event that happens before April. That's what we're we're not psychic. We're just saying this is our no, we are psychic. Everybody that gets on the Internet and just types shit, leaks out language because they're psychic and they don't have any other way to get it out. And I pick that up.

And also I talk to people that know they're psychic that have routines, that have rituals, or in the case of, like, the remote viewers that know rigid protocols, that have formality and that are successful and have a huge track record, and the psychics are saying, some shit's coming at us. Now, I'm going to talk to Dick Algae tomorrow afternoon, and he'll put it up on his site at some point, right? And he will show his drawings and these kind of things as to what he's got on this. And you go watch that, and then maybe you're going to want to interview Dick Algae and talk to him about that from his viewpoint, right? Did you make that connection?

Yes, I will. I will send you email. No worries. I'll tell Dick, et cetera, okay, he's in Hawaii, so you got time.

Uh, so you need to personally ask him questions about what he formal, how he did it, et cetera, et cetera, so that you will be assured, as I am, that he's, in essence, validating what I'm getting numerically. So bear in mind, what shocked me was not any particular kind of language coming through. It was the numeric sums that I run every damn time on this language in order to get the delta of the release versus tension to see if we're going to go into a building tension period or if we're going into release. Now, if I were to say it, I would suggest that an 81 level of a release value would last about a year. Could it be a coronal mass injection?

Could it be a solar flare that they blame it on? Might be. I don't know what they're going to pick, but they're going to cause it because I've seen some news on so maybe they use that. Okay, see, that's a little difficult. So here's their real problem, all right?

So think of it this way. If they use a directed energy weapon and slam into Cheyenne or any place in the United States, continental United States, right, it doesn't matter where, but if they use a do and they do that, then what's Putin going to say? What are all these world leaders going to say when these fuckers say, hey, it's meteor? Putin's going to say, no, we didn't see anything coming in. All these other places are going to say, no, it's no meteor.

We don't see shit coming. Know you guys are lying and Putin, he's based he'll call them liars to their face, right? And all of us and see, now we're at that point where they probably, in my estimation, are having ambivalence about every single move they make. And something this large is going to cause them many repeated trips to the toilet as they ponder this, right, because it's going to release their bowels every time they think about the potential blowback on this because it's so vulnerable to their psychological operation not working. And here's the thing.

So you're a professional fighter. Have you ever had any fights that were not in a ring, not supervised? Yeah, many. Okay, so you know the feeling then as the situation evolves into a fight and how the language builds up in tension, and then at some point it's no longer language, it shifts over into the physical, right? Okay.

At the point that it shifts over into the physical, that's the point at which we enter into an area of the unknown. We don't know how it's going to come out, right. But we know that two things about this. There's going to be that the fight is ongoing now and that the outcome is irreversible. You can't stop the fight in the middle and everybody go back to their positions.

It's not organized that way. So you will feel that issue of change, that state of flux, go through your body. And I bet you, you felt it in your gut, you would feel a little bit of butterflies before you started getting moving, right, as the language is rising, okay? So that's what's affecting them. And they've got butterflies like mad because it's going to be irreversible once they do it.

And with an 81 value on my metrics, and that would go for a year, imagine what would happen that would go for a year if we had enough normies that believed them, if there was enough control mechanisms that they could put in, what would be the other side of that 81 value in release language? Hang them. Right. Which is going to happen anyway. But no, there is that option, okay?

What I'm talking about is lynch mobs now, so I grew up in the south, okay? Streets. This will be the big one, right? So if they do this and they're not able to get enough normies to stifle the rest of the opposition to all the bullshit they're putting out because they'd need a certain mass of normies to be able to stand up to the rest of us saying, hang them. Right?

And if they don't, they'll be pulled out of airplanes, their limos will be stopped on the road. People will decide, I'm an assassin, I'm a hitman, and maybe they won't make it because of the security and so forth. But imagine Bill Gates being his security people, having to that's going freak that motherfucker right out. They'll quit. They won't put their life in danger that much.

They'll be done. Okay, so there's the problem guy. All right, so it's estimated that 1% of the human population at any given time is a psychopath. Okay? So we have 311 millions in the US.

That means we got 3.11 million psychopaths. So there's a lot of psychopaths. They don't react the way that and then there's this other group. It's estimated that there's 3% of the population are sociopaths. And a sociopath, he'll go along with the psychopath.

He'll the psychopath. Right? But the sociopath, they're not wedded to this ideology that the psychopath has, and they'll flee. So I agree with you. Those people would not put their lives at risk.

But I bet you Bill Gates got his security people out of that three percent.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Clif High w/ David Rodriguez: September Fall Bombshell Intel You Don’t Wanna Miss – 09-14-2023

Clif High w/ David Rodriguez: September Fall Bombshell Intel You Don't Wanna Miss - 09-14-2023

Clif High w/ David Rodriguez: September Fall Bombshell Intel You Don't Wanna Miss - 09-14-2023

Episode Summary:

Nino's corner TV hosts a conversation with Cliff High, who is described as a mad scientist type of intellect. The discussion revolves around the current state of the world, which seems to be in the midst of a war that's escalating. Cliff has developed software that measures building and release tension, emotional indicators that suggest societal unrest. The software has shown alarming levels of tension, much higher than usual. Cliff compares the current situation to past events like 9/11, suggesting that the world might be on the brink of another significant event. He believes that the upcoming event might be orchestrated to divert attention from the looming financial crisis. The conversation touches on the potential for directed energy weapons to be used in this event, with a focus on the U.S. central region. The discussion also delves into the potential consequences of such an attack, including the destruction of the internet's backbone.

#NinosCorner #CliffHigh #GlobalTensions #Software #EmotionalUnrest #9/11 #FinancialCrisis #DirectedEnergyWeapons #USCentral #InternetDisruption #Predictions #War #EmotionalTension #ReleaseTension #BuildingTension #UpcomingEvent #Diversions #Conversations #PotentialFallout #MajorEvent #GlobalState #Escalation #PotentialAttack #SignificantEvent #Warnings

Clif High w/ David Rodriguez: September Fall Bombshell Intel You Don't Wanna Miss - 09-14-2023

Hi, folks. Welcome to Nino’s corner TV. I am joined with Cliff High, once again, long awaited. I haven't talked to you in a long time, Cliff, and I gotta tell you, I'm honored to have you back on. I love our conversation.

I miss our conversations, to be honest. Yeah, you're one of the mad, I would like to say geniuses out there that I consider like a mad scientist type of intellect. I love having you on the show, Matt. So thank you for coming back. Sure, no worries, guy.

No worries. Glad to do it. I've had so many guests on my show, both on YouTube and on my back channels. And I know this is going to go pretty deep, but it looks like we're right in the smack dab middle of this war. It looks like it's really starting to escalate.

It looks like there's no slowing down. Both sides are going all in. And I know you've created that software. Are you still using that software? What can you tell us?

Cliff, I'll let you have the floor. What are you seeing pan out right now? What are you seeing happening? What's going on?

All right, so my software has a certain bit of alarm showing, right? Okay, so my software has a range of values for building and release tension. Okay? So there are two different types of emotional tension. Building tension where you're getting ready to fight, and then the release where you're releasing it.

Right. So, like Terry Cassidy the other day was releasing all over.

Anyway, a reminder. Yeah. So here's the thing. So the top end of my scale is of the delta between the building tension and the release tension is 580. Sometimes is only the difference is only in the threes.

Okay. Now these are just numbers. The numbers are not in and of themselves meaningful because they change slightly as I adjust numbers on the words. But what's important is the level of the range has been consistent since more or less consistent. I've had to enlarge the range a couple of times since, say like 2001.

All right, so now we have a situation where the delta is not within that range. It's out here at 81 point something. Okay, so 13 times higher than our usual that is the tension in which are you talking about? Like you could tell by the chatter on the internet. Correct.

My software is going through and picking up language that's being leaked, picking up the emotions, and it gets it right and it gets it like that. And we'd have building tension and then you'd have release of that language. Right. And so what we're looking at now, this is release. That's like an outpouring, grief, suffering, wailing, all of that kind of shit, right?

It could also be happiness. Okay. That's release partying. Let's party. That's release language now.

Right now it's hovering at 81 something.

This would be like looking like building tension. Release tension. Building tension release tension building tension. Release tension. Wow.

Right? So here's the thing. Is there a way to tell between the two? Between the release? Yeah, it's release language that is dominating what kind of release it is.

I don't think it's a party. Okay. So I think it's pretty negative. I get confirmation on my stuff by watching people that are psychic that have proven records as like remote viewers or psychic intuitives or whatever, right. And all over the internet, no matter what language, iranian, Russian, Estonian, Albanian, all of the psychics are picking something up, all right?

And my buddy Dick Algier, and I'm going to talk to him tomorrow, and we're going to do a video on this. He and his remote viewing group are also picking up something way big. Now, here's the thing with this. I'm not going to get into the details on his, but he has talked about this on JC's, on Beyond Mystic Channel. They had a remote viewing, Dick and his group, everybody goes to Remote View and they all get this same subject, but it's nowhere near what the question was.

And so everybody know we screwed up, something went wonky. So they do it again and it happens again. Everybody gets the same thing, but it's nowhere near what they were the question they were being asked. So basically what happens is like this if you're a psychic and you go out or a remote viewer. So remote viewers are like, in my opinion, they are the black belts of psychic, okay?

They're trained, all right? So they train themselves in a martial arts fashion to get better at their craft, whereas a psychic just goes along right. And doesn't really know, they never examine it and so on. Honed in. Correct.

Okay, so the remote viewers here are saying that they want to go and look at this target. Here's the target. And that's where they're being sent by the remote viewing tasking. But their view is always pulled over this way, no matter what they do, okay? And it's because this thing is so damn big that it overshadows their ability to get at that some kind of event.

Correct. Okay, so here's the thing. I'll let Dick characterize it tomorrow in his group and stuff, right? But conceptually, this is the same thing that's happening with that 81 number, okay? We're going to have some event that's going to have so much release language following it that it's going to dominate everything.

And so I'm saying that this is between three and 13 times as Emotive as 911. Holy shit. And bigger than Lahaina.

So if you really think about this, we've kind of got a pigeonholed right now with Biden and everything that's happening with the House hearings. The walls are closing in on them. They're going to start playing. You don't think so they don't care about that. They don't care about that.

That's a minor little ripple to them. But they have to make some kind of big move. Correct. They have to make no. Okay, so in my understanding that would not be accurate.

Okay. Now what's driving everything is the dollar, the money. Okay? And so here's the deal. 911 was done to cover a financial situation.

All of the financial records that would have exposed all of the deep state and everything were in building seven. And what happened to it? Magically, it disappeared, right. As along with all the records. And we had that event that brought in the Patriot Act.

So I would not be surprised right now that there was some dictatorial law 2000 pages of crap that's already ready to go for whatever this event is. Okay? I believe that it's my thinking that this event is going to be triggered is triggered in the future by events that are going on now relative to the financial situation. And that in our Great War, the Great Awakening, the politics in the United States, all of that is a minor little battlefield. Okay?

It's not the main deal. So if this were World War II and whatever this is that's coming is the equivalent of like D Day. All of the political stuff that we've gone through in the last year are the little skirmishes in northern Africa between Rommel and the various British generals. Okay? They're big deals, but they don't really alter the nature of the war.

All of that outcome is for sure already. So it could be some kind of a financial apocalypse? Well, no, it wouldn't be like that. Okay, so the financial apocalypse is already happening. So this is a little tricky.

So stick with me on this, all right? Hyperinflation is not an economic or a fiscal thing, okay? You're going along, you got inflation at 40%, and then in one month inflation could jump to 100 or 120%. Okay? It doesn't happen because of how much money they're putting into the system at that stage.

It is entirely a psychological wave that sweeps through the population where they say, holy shit, this is not worth toilet paper. I've got to spend this thing right now and get some level of value out of it because tomorrow it's going to be worth less. So if it took one of these to buy a sheet of toilet paper today, it'll take two or three of them to buy a sheet of toilet paper tomorrow, so I'd better spend it today. That's what hyperinflation is. It's this emotion, this tension, this building tension, value around the value of the currency, and it just triggers and the whole population within days because one person starts panic spending, buying everything they can, as though they were suddenly trying to hoard things, right?

And the grocery store owner sees this, mrs. Jones, why are you buying three carts full of steaks? That kind of thing. Right, exactly. Panic buying.

And the panic starts to so the panic ultimately spreads up into the financial people all right? And so the people that the Federal Reserve cannot have a hyperinflationary episode work through the population of the US. They could sort of deal with it if it worked through dollars that are outside of our country. Right. They could manage that a little bit.

It would cause big problems here. We'd get up to, like, maybe 60% inflation, but somewhere between where we're at now, which is like 40% inflation and 60% inflation, is the potential to trigger over to hyperinflation, where everybody, as soon as you get paid, you spend it all that day. Okay? This has huge ramifications for a system that is run on credit cards and electronics. Because at the end of every month, when people got paid with paychecks or the end of every week, there's going to be a massive spike of spending and then everything dries up in the rest of that week and it really alters the nature of the social order.

So the powers that be, the Federal Reserve, the mother Weffers, they're fighting among themselves all the time. Our Federal Reserve right now is caught in a quandary. Do they try and save the Federal Reserve note and thus themselves? Or do they pay attention to what Klaus Schwab and the mother Weffers want to do? It is my thinking that the upcoming hyperinflationary wave that could hit the US.

Has to be offset in a 911 kind of a fashion. They need an
event to try and cover their ass. So I don't think we're talking about banks failing. I don't think we're talking about digital anything. I think we're talking about a physical attack, and I believe it'll probably be directed energy weapons because of the efficiency of that attack.

Okay, so there was all kinds of magic. So the Khazarian mafia employed thousands, thousands of Jewish witches prior to 911, and they worked the magic, right? And they worked it up for the entire month of August and for the first ten days of September, we watched this those of us that track this shit online, we watched this happen. We didn't know what it was going to lead to, but it led to 911. Okay, so it is my thinking was at work before 911, they were going all in for that.

Okay? Correct. So they're trying to work the spiritual side, the financial side, the psychological side, the war side, all of it together in a package. This is how you have to think. Holistically right?

And so, in my opinion, they will have an event, and they will try and capitalize on and control as much of their problems as they can with this one event. But to my way of thinking all right, so my way of thinking is that things are not static over time, that humans learn. Humans have an experience. We harden with time. Right?

And so if you beat me every day for a week about the shoulders, my shoulders could get pretty tough. Right? On that next week, they'll be sore. Two weeks after that, you won't be able to beat my shoulders to any good effect at all because I will have toughened up. This is the nature of our reality.

Okay? So my thinking is that this was 911 and that kept them going until 2020 on their plan, right? But we can't have another 911. Our emotional upheaval and stuff is way the hell up here already. Whatever higher than that.

Correct. In order for them to control us, they need to have something, as I was saying, between three and 13 times higher than 911 to try and extend that out into 2024. Now, bear in mind, look how long they got with 911. We're up so high that all they're hoping to do is to control one more year. So you see their desperation almost nuclear, probably.

There you go. Now let's discuss that. Okay, so I'm not of the opinion that they can do a nuke, all right? And here's why. In order for a nuke to be used, they would have to involve several thousands of people, all right?

And they're not in a position now where they can go around and clean up those several thousands of people afterwards that they don't talk. And look at how shaky everything is in terms of their ability to ensure silence, right? You got all these whistleblowers people that used to be down and dirty, they ain't getting paid, so now they're talking, right?

And they can't be bribed anymore because the paper is no good because it's all interconnected and the paper doesn't have any purchasing power, right? So what if you get a million dollars? Big deal. That's just not going to keep you silent that long, especially at this level. This goes along with Juan Savings vent of Cuban Missile Crisis 2.0.

Okay, let's stop right there though. Okay, so that was nukes. Now here's the thing about nukes. A small nuke, not like suitcase, but like a small nuke that could be used on a city requires a big airplane. It requires a crew, it requires fuel.

There's paper trails left everywhere. There's people involved, there's airports, there's the potential for security. That all is going to come back and bite them in the ass. And they're so desperate to control through this year that they don't want to deal with any kind of fallout in between from whatever the hell there is they're doing. And it's a cost issue, okay?

It costs you real money to bribe several thousands of people, even if they don't know why they're being bribed or what's going on. It is easier to have a screen in China, Indonesia, Malaysia, India, the United States, even somebody sitting behind a screen pushing a button on a drone that releases a series of energy weapons. There is a cost to this, but it's far less than thousands of people loading a nuke. It's only maybe 50 people. Wait, you're talking about direct energy weapons.

Correct. What we saw in Lahaina. But they had to blame climate change on no, no. Okay, so track me on this. All right, so there's three types of directed energy weapons, all right?

There's the sonic one, and we're not going to really deal with that at this time, but there's the lasers, and then there's the high power microwaves. Now, the lasers are part of the process, but the damage is done by the high power microwaves. The high power microwaves, though, have a failure.

I would think I'm getting the picture here. Are you talking about a mass die off of people with a vaccine? I don't know. It's going to be really magnificently violent. But here's my thinking, okay?

All right. So what I think they're going to do, because of the nature of what I've got in my data, and maybe I have yet to talk to Dick, and I have yet to even watch his video that he sent me on their debriefing. They're so kind to do that. Dick and his crew are just such nice guys. But anyway, so here's what I think that's going to happen.

We'll just say that down here there's a valley, and this is the target in the place that I think this is going to happen, there's a pretty consistent cloud cover.

What I think they're going to do is I think they're going to use a laser, and they're going to disrupt the cloud cover with the lasers. Lasers are a clear view energy weapon. They don't work through clouds, right? But lasers can be used to remove a cloud cover such that your high power microwave can beam in through it. Because if a high power microwave starts beaming in and hits a high enough water level in the clouds, it does all of the damage and stuff up there.

So my thinking because of some of the stuff I've got in the data is that this X right here, okay? So my description on this is this valley and mountains and other things that make me think of Cheyenne Mountain, denver Airport, and one other place I'm not going to go into. Okay? So let's just assume that I'm correct about this, that it's going to be one of these mountainous places. So I'm thinking that this attack that's going to take place is planned right now for Central US.

But they're going to blame it on a natural event. But it's not going to be climate change. It's going to be a meteor. It's going to be a system. Everything they're going to take right now, here's the thing, okay?

So my data sets have provided me hints, and that's all it is, just hints. Just made me psychically. Tune in and think of these three particular places cheyenne Mountain and the Denver airport. Then there's this one other one that would be really bizarre. It has these kind of criteria in terms of what it looks like, but if they hit that one, it would destroy the internet.

Okay. It would break the backbone of the internet for some period of time, especially in the US. It would slice us into regions because of the place there has this particular set of equipment. Right. And so it would be really strange.

It would be like with the ten days of darkness. Correct. Only it wouldn't be ten days. It'd be like in the United States, it'd be like ten years. Because we don't have enough replacement equipment.

We don't have the people to do it. If they do this, bear in mind down here, it's going to look like a nuke hit, okay? Because this directed energy weapon can just keep beaming on down there. Also, so grasp this, this high power microwave. You'll sometimes see it as HPW for just regular wave or HPM.

That's what they used to destroy the 911 towers as they were falling. That's what caused the free fall and the dustification of the 911 towers. So they just sighted down on the towers, hit a button, and dissolved it on the way down. So there was 1.25 million tons of material in the towers. Do you know how much they hauled off?

Do you know how much they actually hauled off? 40 truckloads. 40 truckloads of material. Wow. So where did the 1.25 million tons go?

It was turned into dust and gas. And so this is what I think is going to happen. Now, if this is the Denver airport, they're after whatever the hell is underneath it, okay? So they would just keep going and going and going and going until there was just a big smoking crater in the ground. Because we also can say it would make sense.

Also Cheyenne Mountain, because correct. Trump shut down Cheyenne Mountain. That's basically their opposition right there. That's our stronghold. And also Cheyenne mountain was connected to whatever the hell's under Maui.

Wow. So they got to take that out. I don't know. They got to take out Cheyenne mountain. See, I think these guys are not very sophisticated, so I wouldn't do things this way, but I'm not a bad guy.

Okay. But I think they have to do something that is energetic and psychologically captivating. And the second part of it controls how much is the first part is used. They need so much energy into this that they capture our minds and hold them for a year. They want to get us into release language, know, in flux so that they can move us and control us for a year.

Denver, it'd be a target. Not just the airport, the whole place. Well, there's the thing with the directed energy weapons. They spread out. They're precise, but they're not like pinpoint, right?

So they spread out in their effect. So just beaming it down in on the airport is probably going to do a lot of damage to the whole region. What may even affect all of Colorado for all I know, because they got to go through if they were going to get the Denver airport, they've got to get that huge layer on top. This has to happen before the election cycle,
so it has to happen between now and November of 21. Okay?

So in my opinion, it's not connected to the elections directly, okay? It's connected to the finances, all right? And so in my opinion, this would have to happen before April 3 of next year. And again, in my opinion I'm sorry, that's what Juanito says. He says the same thing.

That the timeline. Okay, let me explain this. Let me just tell me this adds up to you. October testing of the national emergency system is October 4. He said that lines up with about six months out, which would be November, December, January, February, March, April, April, okay, it's a power number, a power time, April 4.

Here's the deal about that, okay? So that's correct. All of that's factual. There's another thing to take into consideration. These people are into the dark arts, our enemies, all right?

So bear in mind, we fight warlocks and witches. So I'm a shaman. Okay? I know magic. I can do magic.

I can do everything a warlock does. It's just I got better things to do, right? So here's the thing. I know that and I know that they must cooperate in their magic with cycles. So I'm not so sure that they would let it go beyond the first part of March.

It's going to be much better for them to do it in the winter than it is in the spring. Just, that's why things happen in the fall, right, to set us up so they can magnify the winter effect on our minds and control us that much longer. You know how you feel in the winter, right? Is it because it's so freezing? Why would they do it in the winter, okay, because there's less light, all right?

This is really spooky, dude. We are light beings, okay? So if you wrap yourself up in tinfoil, not only will you overheat, you will have a fantastic experience in your pineal gland as all of your biophotons are pushed back into your body. I do not recommend this, okay? It can kill you, but it is akin to a psychedelic without taking a drug.

It is that powerful. We are light beings. We react to the sun, we react to light from the stars, we react to reflected light, et cetera, et cetera. In the winter, we have so much less because of the angles of the sun and stuff, especially up in the northern hemisphere, so they're going to try and harmonize. So what if I wrap myself in tinfoil and take a psychedelic?

Oh, you wouldn't survive. No way. No way. Dude, the bigger you are, the more biophotons you extrude. Okay, I'm sorry, bigger you are, as I said, or what did you say?

Yeah, the larger mass. You have the physical mass, whether it's fat or muscle, doesn't matter much. There's slight gain with muscle over fat, but you emit more biophotons. Okay. So bigger people are going to suffer.

The effects have a bigger trip, so to speak, than smaller, thinner people. It's just the way it works. You're just not going to get as much of this bounce back into the pineal gland. Now, if your pineal gland is calcified, you're not going to feel very much. You just get overheated and you're going to throw up.

Right. And like I say, it can kill you, so don't do this. But my point being that we are light creatures and look, dude, how many times have you been treated with light for your injuries? The red light pads, all of those kind of things, right? Yeah.

Come to think of it, yes. And you know, if you were to be like up in the Northeast in the winter, you know how you would feel less light in the day? You don't care so much about the cold, but it's the light that impacts you. So I think these guys would harmonize. And so of course I'm thinking they're going to maybe do it before January ish.

Right. Maybe it could get as far as February, but shortly thereafter, the angles don't favor them. The next time they would have an opportunity would be the next fall. I don't think they can survive that long economically. I agree.

That's too late. Juanito and I have talked about this, and I've had some other people on that. This fall looks like a vertical jump in the drama. Are you seeing that as well this fall? Just because I'm saying it on my program.

That's what that release language is. Release language is Carrie Cassidy's drama that hit you the other day. She was like nine out of ten of her statements were release language. Yeah. That wet fish just slapping you upside the face.

I mean, I could hear the blows over here while I was sweeping. Yeah, I'm abused Cliff. Yeah.

At least you heal quick. It's all right.

So then what happens after that, as that happens, and this event, whatever this event is, which you say is going to be your theory is it could be direct energy weapon. Right. That makes the most sense. What's the aftermath of that? Do you have any kind of reading on that?

Okay. All right. The bad guys don't want you to know that this is part of the war, so they're going to have to do everything they can. So they are creating any warm temperatures that exist in their climate change model. That's all entirely hoaxed up.

Right. So we would expect a massive, massive, massive psychological operation all focusing on this being a natural occurrence of a meteor hitting us. They may even throw act of God. You want to impeach Biden and you get a meteor, that kind of shit. They'll do everything, just pile on the psychological crap after this supposed meteor hits us, and then they're going to get on the case and be serious about it.

On any blowback that people would say it wasn't a meteor, but could it be? Maybe. Could they play the alien card prematurely? Could they do that right now? Could that be the next thing?

That's why they were so pissed about the congress yesterday or the other day. Okay, so you know they showed two alien bodies in the Mexican congress, right? Oh, Mexican. Yeah, Mexican. Congress.

Okay, but see, here's the thing. There was verbiage, quite a bit of verbiage coming out of the Department of Defense that was saying, all this is bogus. And it's like, why does our Department of Defense give a crap about what the Mexican Congress hears about space aliens? Maybe they care because they didn't want that whole shock value to be taken away from them. Got you.

And it's already starting to spread around the planet. People are now starting to sell space alien artifacts on ebay, that kind of thing. Not the artifacts of the space aliens, but what the humans did in carving the space aliens that they interacted with, et cetera. Right? So does this event, since you can foresee this coming, and I'm sure the white hats can, the good guys can.

We all can. Now my audience can. Now that we see this event coming, can we stop this, or do we need to stop it, or does it need to happen? Okay, so there you go. Dude, that's above my pay grade.

That's a question for universe. All right? So I'm a doer in the body. My job is to do shit on this planet, to learn and to die, okay? So I'm not the thinker, I'm not the knower of information like that.

So I don't know if enough of us were looking in Denver or looking at Cheyenne Mountain, would they do it? If enough of us say it's not going to be a nuke, it's going to look like a meteor, they're going to fake a meteor, they're going to do it directed energy weapons. Will they do it? What's his name just said he isn't going to run out of Utah. Yeah.

Okay, so why did he do that? Because enough of us are looking at him and saying, crime, crime, crime. And look at what's happened with the mother weapons themselves. The level of degradation is huge. The last conference, this is a panic move that they have to pay.

They have to play this card. They have no choice right now. It could be stopped, okay? Not necessarily by you and me directly forming a huge mass of people that are all looking at the same place, but maybe because we all get excited about something like this, maybe because we're all psychic and we're feeling something coming like this. Our white hat guys pay attention and go do shit, okay?

So this is kind of like the quandary that you faced the other day when Carrie was hitting you with that mackerel all right, because she was saying that why didn't the interceptor platform stop it? Why didn't the military stop it? Well, we don't have interceptor platforms, that for one thing.

But anyway, though but you see my point here, right? I don't know if this has to happen. If it happens, then we must be moved by universe to fight fiercely any psychological stuff that comes on out, because maybe we'll break them right there. Maybe so many people will know in advance that they're going to fake up a meteor that when they come on out and say, oh, look, Denver Airport just got hit by a meteor. Everybody and their brother is just going to erupt and just be a giant riot on the Internet and the planet and so on, and we'll get rid of them all.

Wouldn't they have to use MSM to bring forth this problem? In other words, problem reaction, solution. So wouldn't they probably a month before the meteor hits, start putting it out on television and saying, oh, it's coming, there's something, or was that there's already been two of those really two new objects in our solar system. One from about three months back. I remember Lester Holt talked about a mothership that came into our solar system.

Yeah. And beyond all of the space aliens and all of that. But I'm saying that there's two rocks they've identified, so maybe they've got their candidates lined up, right? Wow. So we could be looking at some kind of catastrophe that's going to surpass 911.

An attack. It's not a catastrophe, an attack that they'll blame on nature. They'll have to blame it on nature like some God, whatever. That will probably be an event that happens before April. That's what we're here.

We're not psychic. We're just saying this is our no, we are psychic. Everybody that gets on the Internet
and just types shit, leaks out language because they're psychic and they don't have any other way to get it out. And I pick that up. And also I talk to people that know they're psychic that have routines, that have rituals, or in the case of, like the remote viewers that know rigid protocols that have formality and that are successful and have a huge track record.

And the psychics are saying some shit's coming at us now. I'm going to talk to Dick Algae tomorrow afternoon, and he'll put it up on his site at some point, right? And he will show his drawings and these kind of things as to what he's got on this. And you go watch that, and then maybe you're going to want to interview Dick Algae and talk to him about that from his viewpoint, right? Did you make that connection?

Yes, I will. I will send you email. No worries. I'll tell Dick, et cetera. Okay.

He's in Hawaii so you got time.

Uh, so you need to personally ask him questions about what he saw, how he did it, et cetera, et cetera, so that you will be assured, as I am, that he's, in essence, validating what I'm getting numerically. So bear in mind, what shocked me was not any particular kind of language coming through. It was the numeric sums that I run every damn time on this language in order to get the delta of the release versus tension to see if we're going to go into a building tension period or if we're going into release. Now, if I were to say it, I would suggest that an 81 level of a release value would last about a year. Could it be a coronal mass injection?

Could it be a solar flare that they blame it on? Might be. I don't know what they're going to pick, but they're going to cause it because I've seen some news on that. And so maybe they use that. Okay, see, that's a little difficult.

So here's their real problem, all right? So think of it this way. If they use a directed energy weapon and slam into Cheyenne or any place in the United States, continental United States, right, it doesn't matter where, but if they use a do and they do that, then what's Putin going to say? What are all these world leaders going to say when these fuckers say, hey, it's a meteor. Putin's going to say, no, we didn't see anything coming in.

All these other places are going to say, no, it's no meteor. We don't see shit coming. Know you guys are lying. And Putin, he's based he'll call them liars to their face, right? And all of us and see, now we're at that point where they probably, in my estimation, are having ambivalence about every single move they make.

And something this large is going to cause them many repeated trips to the toilet as they ponder this, right, because it's going to release their bowels every time they think about the potential blowback on this because it's so vulnerable to their psychological operation not working. And here's the thing. So you're a professional fighter. Have you ever had any fights that were not in a ring, not supervised? Yeah, many.

Okay, so you know the feeling then as the situation evolves into a fight and how the language builds up in tension and then at some point it's no longer language, it shifts over into the physical, right? Okay. At the point that it shifts over into the physical, that's the point at which we enter into an area of the unknown. We don't know how it's going to come out, right. But we know that two things about this.

There's going to be that the fight is ongoing now and that the outcome is irreversible. You can't stop the fight in the middle and everybody go back to their positions. It's not organized that way. So you will feel that issue of change, that state of flux, go through your body. And I bet you, you felt it in your gut.

You would feel a little bit of butterflies before you started getting moving, right, as the language is rising, okay? So that's what's affecting them. And they've got butterflies like mad because it's going to be irreversible once they do it. And with an 81 value on my metrics, and that would go for a year, imagine what would happen that would go for a year. If we had enough normies that believed them, if there was enough control mechanisms that they could put in, what would be the other side of that 81 value in release language?

Hang them. Right? Which is going to happen anyway. But no, there is that option, okay? What I'm talking about is lynch mobs.

Now, so I grew up in the south, okay? Streets. This will be the big one, right? So if they do this and they're not able to get enough normies to stifle the rest of the opposition to all the bullshit they're putting out because they need a certain mass of normies to be able to stand up to the rest of us saying, hang them. Right?

And if they don't, they'll be pulled out of airplanes, their limos will be stopped on the road. People will decide, I'm an assassin, I'm a hitman. And maybe they won't make it because of the security and so forth. But imagine Bill Gates being his security people, having to kill people that were coming to kill Bill Gates. That's going to freak that motherfucker right out.

They'll quit. They won't put their life in danger that much. They'll be done. They'll be on his own. Okay, so there's the problem guy, all right, so it's estimated that 1% of the human population at any given time is a psychopath, okay?

So we have 311 millions in the US. That means we got 3.11 million psychopaths. So there's a lot of psychopaths. They don't react the way that and then there's this other group. It's estimated that there's 3% of the population are sociopaths.

And a sociopath, he'll go along with the psychopath, he'll kill for the psychopath, right? But the sociopath, they're not wedded to this ideology that the psychopath has, and they'll flee. So I agree with you. Those people would not put their lives at risk. But I bet you Bill Gates got his security people out of that 3.1 million psychopaths, and so they would stay to fight just because of the fight.

Yeah, well, no, I get it. Totally the same cartels. Exactly.

So under those circumstances, you would have fierce fights from the security people around these individuals, right? But they would get whittled down, and eventually they would be killed or go away, and the individuals would be hung or shot or whatever the hell, right? And so that's what they're facing. And I think that there's a couple of people at the head of the cabal that recognize this, that they're about to reach a point of uncertainty, and that scares the absolute crap out of these guys. Now, me, as I say, I'm a shaman.

I live in a world of uncertainty. I harmonize with uncertainty and irreversibility. So I don't care if my day gets disrupted and stuff intrudes and there's new actions, okay? I had plans, but universe decided otherwise, right? And so I'm cool with uncertainty.

These guys are very rigid in what they want to accomplish, how they think their lives exist, and they tools, and these types of ceremonies is to control their circumstances so they can control and stay on that rigid control. And so I surrendered all control when I was a kid and I got into paranoid schizophrenia, right? You can't control shit at that level. So universe taught me to not care. And so I can do things that are seriously impossible for all of these other for these psychopaths, right?

They have to have the control, and they would melt down and just you've seen these kind of people in like, the tranny FAW, right? If something is out of their control, they just have a fit. They just can't do anything, right? And this is where we're at now, in my opinion. All right, so sometime back maybe.

Okay, so shortly after our last conversation, I went into hiatus, right? This is where I have internal things I have to do. And so I don't do videos and shit, right? I just do my audios and just let it go at that couple of substacks occasionally. And so maybe I was off for three or four months here this time for me.

You were gone for over a year. I missed. Well, there we go. There we go. Okay, so it's been a while.

I hadn't really thought. I've been working my ass off, dude, you wouldn't believe what I've gotten into. I knew you were going to come around again. Yeah, exactly. So I'm surfaced here and now we're ready to go on this.

Now our enemy's ability to control us is fading anyway. I think some of the people up there know it. How desperate that's going to make them, I don't know. Will they act out of character, so to speak, and put themselves in a situation where they deliberately invoke the uncertainty? That's my big question here.

I'm of the opinion that we will still get, because it's in the data that we'll still get the 81 release value, even if they don't do the Op, all right? Even if they don't hit us with the directed energy weapons, there's reason to suspect that that will occur, not because of my stuff, but because of Dick Algaeier and his stuff, right. Arrest that maybe creates that. That would do it, right? And so if you had that level of action, if we had the midnight arrest the night of the long knives that kind of thing that would create the release language and that would propel it forward some number of months.

Wouldn't go for a year, though, that way, because it wouldn't be under control, they wouldn't be hyping it and keeping us unstable and so on. We would come to recognize it, we'd come to grips with it. We would internalize it, and then we'd go on. So maybe that 81 would if they did the Night of the Long Knives and arrested all these fuckers, and then we had trials and stuff might go on six, eight months, but it's not going to be the as well. I'm sorry.

That could take it off. Correct. So that's the quandary we're at. What are we looking at? Right.

Right now, my mind, as well as Dick Algiers and his people, think it's going
to be an attack. Can we change the future, though? Right. An individual can change their own future by their own thoughts. Can a collective of individuals change the collective future by a collective thinking about things in a certain way that is unknown.

That's our point of uncertainty now. And so it may be that if we got enough of the population and we have no idea how much that would be, but if we got enough of the population to think about this and view this ahead of time that it would actually prevent them from doing it because they would be singled out ahead of time. Everybody looking at them, and they wouldn't be able to feel comfortable doing that. It's going to put them in a world of hurt because they've got to do something. There will have to be some reactions there, but I don't know, guy.

I mean, my stuff I've always thought was it was malleable. All right? But Dick and these guys in the remote viewing, they get images like, so Daz remote viewed the lahaina hit down to the coastline a year and some months ahead of time. My gosh, that's incredible. And what is he seeing as of?

Right. Let I'll let Dick talk to that. He's part of Dick's team. I don't feel know I'll talk to Dick tomorrow. But you should ask him that because he'll have drawings and all kinds of stuff to show you.

Right. So we can all maybe do a roundtable together. Are you charging? Sure. Well, okay, I'd do that, but I just intrude.

You really need to talk to Dick. Right. That's fine with me. However you want to set this, I'll I'll take the torch and run with right. I'll send you an email today, and you can start negotiating with him, and I'll put in a word for you so that he should talk to you.

Thank you so much, Cliff. Sure. So we're in it. We're heading into, I guess what we could say, a massive event that's going to have a release. So it's tension and then release.

Tension and then release. Right. Looking at right. Now we're tension and we're going to come into a release, correct? Correct.

And then here's the thing. When we change, right, when people in the US. Are seeing that we're winning the war and we'll use a metric here, you and I will have a little temporal marker here, okay? So our temporal marker is when Kerry Cassidy calms down. Okay?

So when Kerry Cassidy calms down, that's a shift in a different way. And we're going to have building tension dominate from that point. Get I shouldn't get on her case. That's actually a good marker. All right, I'll go with that.

Okay, so when she calms down from that point on, we're in a period of time where building tension is going to dominate. And that's good because we'll have questions about our uncertainty, about the ability to rebuild. So we'll have building tension as we go about rebuilding the country. Right? And so we're getting close, dude.

We're getting real close. Cliff, thank you so much. You are always a pleasure to have on my program. Please, come on more often, please. Well, now I will be able to.

Right? Okay. So I've investigated a lot of stuff, and I've done a lot of research for a lot of people, including myself. Now, some of the research I was doing for some of the people led me to examine some of my own thinking. And that's why I had to take off such a long hiatus, because I had to get deep into it.

And I have yet to reveal a lot of the stuff that I've come across. Okay? So I've gotten into shit that you just won't believe, dude. So I found some stuff in Iranian literature, or not Iranian, Persian, and it's even pre Persian, because it wasn't Persian, the nation state. It was just the people living there that are talking about the period of time where the Elohim, the space aliens that are in the Torah, that are behind the Old Testament, where those guys had to change their command and control structures in their mind to machine software.

Okay? So they had this machine. So it's my opinion that the Elohim came down here to capture humans in order to jack us into these machines and make us into their slaves because they don't want their minds operating these machines. I don't think their minds can do it. That's another issue.

But anyway, so they come down here, they get us, they get all these people, and then they jack them into these machines. And you run these machines, you are the spaceship's control system. And then at some point, you die and they get another human. That's how gross this is, right? It's not a pleasant thing to work with these people, but at some point, this ancient society that lived in Iran made notes that they knew that the Elohim had had to change the command and control language.

Why? Because there was a revolt. There was a rebellion among the humans. And what had they done? They had allowed us to control all the machinery in their entire empire.

We were controlling their water pumps, their heating, everything through our minds. In this mind and machine interface, we knew the control code so well that when we revolted, everything shut down. What do we call this story today? You know this story. What do we call this story?

What I'm telling you now is the root of a story that is so fucking famous that you knew it when you were five years old. The Tower of Babel. Oh, wow. Yeah. Okay.

That's why the confounding of the language. Wow, that's incredible, man.

We destroyed the program ourselves. Correct. Okay. Realizing that we had control of their, I guess, of their equipment through our minds, and we shut them down. Right.

And that was the point where they had to go around and slaughter humans like mad. Okay. They had to kill. There again, kind of we're at that point again in humanity, right. We're fighting the same enemy, in a sense.

The L may still be here in Antarctica. They may be on the moon. I don't know about that. Right. But I do know that the mother weppers worship the L as Satanists worship Satan.

Okay? They think of the L in this exact same way that a Satanist thinks of this image of Lucifer. Wow, that's fascinating. Oh, also, by the way, the bahopenet, the image, the horned goat and all of that and the fingers and stuff. Yeah, that's the L.

That's what they look like. The transgender agenda is really the Elohim. Yeah. Wow. Now the good news, okay, we're winning.

We're winning everywhere on all different kinds of fronts, little tiny bits at a time. And every time you take a little bit of that foundation away, their footing gets more unsure. Just today, we learned that Washington State University, the doctors are no longer going to prescribe drugs. They're no longer going to do treatments for transgenders. This is a big operation east of the mountains here in my state.

The fact that that university's doctors are freaking out to the point where they're not going to do it means it's just the first in a whole series of dominoes. Pretty soon, all these hospitals are saying, Fuck, no, I'm not going to do that now. Okay? So some of this I don't think that this actually had anything to do with Washington State University, but I got contacted by a guy that said that some of the doctor he was a doctor. I won't say anything at all about him, but some of the doctors he interacted with had heard somebody, I think, on the Wu circuit, talking about the future retribution against these guys.

And so they were getting paranoid about their own patients coming back later to off them. Yes, we've talked about that because, hello. That's going to be an obvious response. That's going to be the most obvious response. Any doctor that's administering this shit, you better know there's going to be one person at least that's going to want.

Also think about the tranny FAW. You fuck somebody up by cutting their dick off. And especially the women giving them the synthetic hormones, the testosterone, what that does to a woman's mind. They're going to be so unstable.

And imagine when they get older and they're older, they're in their 20s, their life is destroyed, and they decide to blame you, the doctor, and come after you. Yeah. The retribution, the we haven't seen that yet. And that's coming.

Cliff, thank you so much for joining. Going to I'm going to go on YouTube and tell everybody that we did this interview and tell them to get over and watch it because this is epic. This is huge. Thank you so much. Sure.

No worries. Guy. I'll send dick all guy or your way. Thank you, Cliff. God bless you.

Okay, we'll do this again in the future. You take care. You got it, Cliff.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


New Dews Wars – 09-07-2023

New Dews Wars - 09-07-2023

New Dews Wars - 09-07-2023

Episode Summary:

The document delves into a series of conspiracy theories and personal reflections on global events. The author introduces the concept of "directed energy weapons," which they believe are being used on a global scale. These weapons, according to the author, might have been responsible for significant events such as the Turkey earthquake and various wildfires around the world. The author suggests that these weapons are evidence of a covert war that's been ongoing but is now coming to the forefront of public consciousness.

The World Economic Forum (WEF) is frequently mentioned, with the author drawing connections between the WEF, the Illuminati, and the Cabal. In the author's view, the WEF has become synonymous with these groups, and they believe that there's a concerted effort to control global narratives and events. The Khazarian Mafia is another group discussed at length. The author posits that this group is attempting to stir anti-Jewish sentiment as a diversion from their activities. They emphasize the importance of distinguishing between the Khazarian Mafia and the broader Jewish community to prevent undue blame.

The author is convinced that there's a war emerging into the public's awareness. They cite events like the 9/11 attacks as pivotal moments in this hidden war. According to the author, these events were orchestrated by powerful groups to further their agendas. They suggest that the 9/11 attacks, for instance, were not the result of terrorist actions but were instead caused by high-energy particle beams.

Political figures, notably Barack and Michelle Obama, are also subjects of the author's theories. They make various claims about the Obamas, suggesting that they are involved in some of these conspiracies. The author believes that the Obamas, and other figures like them, are mere puppets in a larger game controlled by groups like the Khazarian Mafia.

Throughout the document, the author emphasizes the importance of staying vigilant and questioning the narratives presented by mainstream sources. They believe that the truth is hidden in plain sight and that it's up to individuals to piece together the clues and understand the larger picture.

In essence, the document is a deep dive into various conspiracy theories, linking global events, powerful organizations, and political figures into a narrative of hidden wars and covert operations. The author urges readers to look beyond the surface and question the reality presented to them.

#DirectedEnergyWeapons #Conspiracy #WEF #Illuminati #Cabal #KhazarianMafia #HiddenWar #9/11 #Obama #GlobalEvents #Wildfires #TurkeyEarthquake #PoliticalFigures #WorldEconomicForum #BarackObama #MichelleObama #EnergyWeapons #GlobalWar #SecretWar #ConspiracyTheories #DocumentSummary #GlobalConspiracy #PoliticalConspiracy #EnergyWeaponTheory #HiddenAgendas

New Dews Wars - 09-07-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's 20 to nine. Yeah.

And September 7 getting a late start. All kinds of things going on. Was working late last night anyway, heading into town to do my shopping and pick up those blue tarps for covering my vehicles against the directed energy weapons. The directed energy weapons are being used all over. It's very likely that one of those caused the Turkey earthquake a while back, and they're certainly causing the wildfires all over.

We've seen examples of them being photographed in Turkey and throughout northern Europe where the fires are being started by the arsonists are also augmented by direct energy weapon fires, although those appear to be the direct energy weapons appear to be reserved, really for major destruction. So that's what caused the destruction in California, where the that's weird. I'll comment on traffic as I'm going along. There's a strange school bus that shouldn't be here that pulled off of a logging road entrance, so I don't know what's going on there. Anyway, so the direct energy weapons are used for destruction of houses and so on.

That doesn't involve yeah, I see it there. Doesn't involve the forests and so forth around it, right? So these energy weapons are used and then they claim wildfires, forest fires, et cetera, et cetera. But those are just claims so that you don't recognize that it's a direct energy weapon and that we're at war. Now, the good news here is that we're in a very energetic period of time, all right?

So over these next couple of months, we're going to end up with or we're going to move into a period of time where there's much more openness relative to the war, to the Illuminati, the World Economic Forum, et cetera, et cetera. And by the way, now we know that we've reached a critical threshold because people know what the WEF is and what the mother Weffers are.

The WEF has actually now become mostly synonymous with the Illuminati and the Cabal, right? So you can just say the WEF or the cabal. It's the same thing. It forms the same association in people's minds. So this is what we were after.

Now, the next phase of this is we're going to shift slightly and we're going to keep pointed at the WEF, but we're going to keep insisting that the WEF are the Khazarian Mafia, right? There's a big move by the Khazarian mafia at this point to stir up anti Jewish sentiment and to be able to react to that in order to try and put down the targeting of the WEF. So they're basically saying, you can't target us because that's anti Semitic, and everybody's saying, we don't care about you. You're not semites. And so that's what's starting to come out.

And so we're starting to separate the idea of the Khazarian mafia from the Jewish population, which is a really good thing for the Jewish population, right. They don't want to be tagged as Kazarians, as Kazarian mafia. So we'll see how that continues over these next few months. So the overwoo happened. People didn't understand what I was speaking of because it's not possible to grock it until you live it, right?

Until you live the changing of the underlying lying narrative and how everything is shifted as a result of these concepts in our mind. And so the war aspect of this is going to come on out, and then we're going to see some very interesting times. Now, I'm thinking that the war aspect of it won't really be vocalized in large amounts until about December, that it'll build up till then, and then it'll really build up from December onward through to April, and then we'll have a April 3. My point of hyper novelty. We should also coincidentally have a consensus opinion that the mother Weffers are the bad guys, and that the mother Weffers are the Kazarian mafia, and that the mother Weffers have been at war with us for a number of years, have caused all kinds of know, Ukraine.

That was one of their ops. The, you know, the Hawaii attack, the fires in California, the fires around the planet, blah, blah, blah. See, so we're under major attack here by these guys, and they're trying, of course, to say, oh, the wildfires is because the planet's boiling, the oceans are boiling because you people are farting too much. Nobody's buying this stuff. These lies are not being accepted.

The very stupid people that are the activists are either paid and they know that this is bullshit, or they're deluded. There's a lot of delusion, right? So we know that the Tranny Foz are fighting for fascism. They're fighting for repression of freedom and all of this, but they're tools of the WEF, right? They are really stupid individuals that got sucked up into this Tranny shit.

And this was designed and they were designed to be a disrupting horde, right? A tool of the mother. Weifers now we're seeing the pushback from the general society, the shutting down of their money, the 513 C's that are being targeted in the Rico attacks that'll lead ultimately, of course, to the Rose City Antifa, which is the Tranny headquarters for the Mother Weffers. And we're going to see the removal of their funding. That's going to cause real distress for these people.

We're going to see all kinds of visible signs of this distress, not only within the main society, in the sense that there'll be more and more lawsuits, more and more charges, more criminal charges brought, et cetera, and in a number of jurisdictions. So a lot of these Trantifa are going to find that they're going to be fighting legal action against them all over the country because they went all over the country as a revolutionary agitator and did damage. And so now those various parts of the country are going to try and they're going to file charges against them and try and get some level of compensation either by putting these people in jail or seizing monies, that kind of thing, right? But this is breaking out into the open now. The next phase of this is going to be the revealing of a number of Trantifa spies.

Okay? So spies in Trantifa, and this could really upset Trantifa. They're going to start the regular usual communist stuff way early in the sense they're going to start eviscerating their own groups, right? They'll literally start killing each other. So you'll see, So and So was found dead and oh, it's suspected he was Tranny fought, right?

And it's going to be because they are going to suspect each other of being traitors, and they're not that smart anyway. And so it's going to really escalate.

I don't think there's going to be bodies lying all over the road, but there's going to be a number of the Trannyfa that disappear, and a few of them will be found to have been executed by other Trannyfa.

So, like I said, going to be an interesting phase of the war there relative to that. Now other aspects of the war are going to emerge, as I say, around December ish right, that's the projection on the linguistic data is that we'll come in leaving November. We will have had a step up in our language about all of the war and about the participants in the war. So the war we're talking about, Tranny Paw, is a minor, minor, minor little operation. Right?

They're just one of the background things that they keep taking over. The war we're talking about here is basically the all right, so there may be indeed multiple wars going on, right? Multiple fields of engagement. We can be sure that the mother Weffers are at war with the population of the planet. This is like the number one war that we keep seeing out there.

These are the guys that do all of the false flags. They brought down 911 buildings.

They did all this stuff in order to get the Patriot Act in, in order that their stooges could control us more by claiming these legalities all of those legalities, by the way, are going to fall aside as we go forward. We're going to redo all of this stuff. We'll pitch out all of these organizations and stuff that's been created in the process of the war against us in order to suppress us. So the government's going to be like majorly reduced both in number of personnel and in scope anyway. So as this war information comes out, you're going to see a lot of people, like, they'll start investigations.

They'll say, is Cliff really stupid? What the fuck's going on? We better check this out. Were we really attacked by a direct energy weapon? And we need to make sure that if that was the case, we find out about it, like in California.

So we'll go back and we'll look at a lot of these things that have happened in the past and we'll examine in relation to this emerging war. Okay? So the war is there. It's ongoing. It's just that it's now emerging out into consciousness and it'll do this in a very major way next year.

And this is going to participate in our hyper novelty period. That participation in the hypernovelty period. It's not like the war is the hypernovelty. Hyper novelty is a separate like effect from universe. But the war information coming on out is going to cause major changes within our social order, changes that will ripple on for probably 25 years.

It can't really be understated. It's like the overwoo. You can't really describe it, but you just know it's going to change every damn thing and upend everything. And so here we are with the overwoo. All of the news sources are now shit.

Everybody knows the weffer the bad guys. Everybody understands. When I say mother, weffer is exactly what I'm referring to. And we're into a period of time, of exposure and that kind of thing, right? As part of the overwo, the naradigm, the structured paradigm put in place by the WEF cannot hold in these periods of time.

It just won't maintain. We got herbivores crossing the road.

Big ones too. Four point. Anyway. So as the war emerges into our consciousness, that emergence will be making changes in our behavior. So we'll start reacting.

So, like I'm doing, I'm buying these tarps on the off chance that at some point there'd be a directed energy weapon that may be put off by a blue shade, right? Just as we see in Hawaii and some of these other places. And so I'm doing this on the off chance, right? I don't really expect that the directed energy weapons will be pointed at me, but we're in a generalized war that's going to be going on for a number of years. And so in that period of time, I can expect that the mother Weffers will indeed use everything they've got, including many, many more episodes of directed energy weapons for various different strategic and tactical purposes.

And at some point it'll come out that they're using them or we will have it in the past in the sense it'll come out that they had used them and that they're now under the control of the Patriots, right? Because probably what's going on is that these are United States weapons and that these United States weapons are being used against the populace by unwitting and unknowing members of the United States armed forces who are just reacting to stuff on the screens. And so they could be easily fooled, right? Some of them may be participatory, but it's less likely. So here is a truism that is very interesting, okay?

So we can actually spot and pull out individual Khazarians. We can isolate them and know them as Khazarians within our military because the Khazarians in our US military are not surrounded by large groups of Ashkenazi and thinking the Ashkenazi, thinking that they're Jews and that the Khazarians are Jews and that all is good, right? So the Ashkenazi don't read Hebrew. They don't know they're being lied to by their rabbis, by the whole rabbinical school structure. Most of them don't understand that they're not worshipping a monotheistic God that went by the name of or whose name in their scriptures was referred to as Odonai because you're not supposed to be talking about his real name.

But anyway, they've never read the Old Testament. They've never read the Torah. They haven't read what the El did to humans, especially Jewish people, right. So they're not savvy to what's going on relative to this war and their participation in it. So they don't really understand that their role has been decided.

So the Jews have been chosen. They were chosen by the Khazarian Mafia to act as a shield and be a sacrificial cloak when people got too close to the Khazarians. This time I'm hoping that there is not a big problem against the Jewish community as people become aware of how badly we've all been treated and affected by the Khazarians. And that's going to really come out. It's just going to get really bizarre.

We're approaching that point where we're going to have activity, okay? And the activity is going to be probably not well reported, and we may have even had some of these elements of activity based on some rumors that are coming out. But the activity would be like individual retribution against the Kazarian Mafia because someone's so distressed by it all, they learn about it, they don't have the ability to absorb it, really. And they act out not understanding the real scope of things. Right?

So there's probably people that believe that if you took out Bill Gates, the world would be fine, okay, that if Bill Gates were to be assassinated or removed, know, taken to a prison on the moon or something, that our world would be a lot better. Now, I agree that our world would be a lot better, but removing Bill Gates doesn't solve anything. He is just one of these many stooges for the Khazarian Mafia, even though he thinks of himself probably as middle management or maybe upper management within the organization.

So as the war emerges, it's going to be unlike previous wars. So let's see, any war you care to name went on for a number of years before it emerged into public consciousness. It doesn't matter what it was. The English Spanish wars, english French wars, all of these kind of things world War I, World War II, all of these are put up jobs. They're all engineered mostly since the 1820s.

They've been engineered in a serious way by the Kazarian Mafia. And prior to that, they were also being engineered by the Kazarian Mafia. But the Kazarian Mafia was really piggybacking on other circumstances that were going on anyway. But since the 18 hundreds, 1820s, the Khazarian mafia had had enough power, they had their influence spread enough. They'd started to take over the scientific institutions.

And from that point on, they really started engineering a lot of this shit that we're going through.

Um, but when this war comes out emerges, people will say, well, geez, how long has it been going on? And then you'll have to say, well, it's 6000 years. But this particular open phase of battle, certainly since 911, right? They used the particle beam weapons in 911 to dissolve the towers on the way down. So I don't really think that those were shape charges in the towers.

The shape charges don't turn them to dust. The pulverizing effect of the high energy microwaves do. And so in my opinion, the twin towers were brought down by high energy particle beams that did not hit tower number three. But it was supposed to have so slight screw up, these guys never get it 100% right at this point, right now, there are people that know that are on the scene in Maui that know this was a hit. Likely they are pegging it to the mother Wefers, or some subset of the mother Weffers, but they know that it was an act of war.

And there's actually people on the ground, it's my understanding, behind those barriers, whatever the power structure thinks they are doing. So you got a guy there who's in Lahaina. His job is to cover everything up. He was the cop from Vegas, from all of those shootings and stuff there, and he's going to do another cover up job here in Hawaii. Well, a lot of the people that are working for him aren't really working for him, okay?

They're being paid by the sheriff's department or some local governmental agency there, that kind of thing. But these guys are actually collecting information for the subsequent trials and exposure. So we now have active spying and evidence gathering ongoing in spite of and under the noses of the mother Weffers in their attempt to cover it up. Very interesting situation. And all of this evidence will be coming out, as we now see, with all of their moves against trump.

Every time they do that, it brings up another level of exposure. And now we're into the exposure of know Obama's. A gay guy married to a guy who pretended to be a woman, and he pretended to be trans, but he was just gay. We're talking about big mike. And they bought some children from a couple of doctors, a couple of black doctors that they knew in DC.

They rented those kids from them for an outrageous amount of money and prestige and access and this kind of thing. So all of these are coming out, right? So it is a fantasy on the part of the democrats that they could run big mike obama and not have people talk. You know, michelle has a dick, right, and calling him Big Mike and all of this kind of stuff. And so basically making it a laughingstock.

And so if they were to run Big Mike and then claim that Big Mike had 83 million votes or whatever, it would be such a ludicrous, such a huge overreach that as a social organization, the political structure of the United States would collapse at that point, right? So election day, you can imagine Trump versus Big Mike and then it starts coming, geez, you know, there's more fucking votes than there are adults in the United States or these kind of things, right? All of the cheating they would have to do in order to try and get Big Mike elected, especially after a year long people saying Big Mike's a fake, know, Big Mike's a guy, obama's a gay fucker. Obama killed his chef because the chef wanted more attention and wanted him to divorce Big Mike or whatever the fuck, right? Whatever kind of inner gay guy dynamics went on there between Obama and his chef, the chef got too uppity and had to be removed.

So all this stuff's going to be coming out in, I'm going to say, a fairly straightforward way and we're going to see this emergence, right? They're going to try. Maybe. I think the Khazarians have got to be really fucking stupid if they think they can run Big Mike as their candidate. Everybody, the Democrats, okay, so the normie Democrats, even they are saying we can't have Biden.

Biden's got to go 60, 70% of them, something like that, is saying that Biden is they need somebody other than Biden as a candidate.

There we go.

Got a lot of fast tourist traffic here I wanted to let get by me, you know, it's fast and they want to go places really fast because they've got these little sports cars.

Anyway, so the opening of the war in terms of the normie mines will happen over these next five or six months. I don't know if we'll have like an announcement so much as it becomes an understanding, right? Hang on, what's going on? There we go. So we have an understanding about the WEF.

No one came out announced, oh, the WETH are the evil illuminati and the cause of our problems. This is just sort of a gradually dawning awareness as people like Max Egan and these kind of guys, David Icke, etc. And myself rag on about the wealth as being the bastard. Sooner or later it starts catching on and starts spreading around. And this is what we're dealing with relative to knowledge about this war.

Got a lot of people already clued into it. It'll be more and then pretty soon it'll be sort of a generalized consensus that the mother weapers just won't recognize. They don't even want to recognize it, right? Because it means that they're failing on all of these various different accounts. And that is indeed the case, the mother Weffers are failing the war is going to take a number of years here.

And there's always a question of what's on the other side of the Weffers. And I'm of the opinion it's space aliens in various different layers, so to speak. Right.

We can get into that aspect of it later. That's a whole nother nine or 10 hours of discussion. I had an interview on Wednesday. I don't know when it'll be out. I've got another one on Friday.

Then I've got some more for next week tentatively scheduled. We've had to do some shuffling around postponing and moving. Things are in motion here and time frames are a little bit flexible. So anyway, guys, as the war emerges, you'll end up having to react to parts of it. And just remember, you're going to end up keeping your head down like any war and stay out of this stuff.

This is really a strange one because you can just go to bed at night and wake up with your house being irradiated by microwave beams from satellite or drones or something, and you got to get out just to save your life. And there's no warning in the sense that you didn't hear airplanes. There's not people trying to get people and machinery and weapons over your head to do this. It with these remote control systems. And as that comes out, it's going to really freak out a lot of people, and we're going to have some interesting discussions globally about all of this.

Anyway, take care. I'm going to go and do my chores and stuff now. Do another one of these.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Al2O3 is some tough shit – 08-24-2023

Al2O3 is some tough shit - 08-24-2023

Al2O3 is some tough shit - 08-24-2023

Episode Summary:

The document appears to be a commentary or personal account discussing various topics, including road repairs, economic issues, space aliens, and the Ukraine military. The writer mentions a significant amount of release language expected in September, hinting at economic and fiscal challenges. There is also a reference to the reappearance of the "space alien meme" in public consciousness around the end of the month. The writer anticipates the collapse of the Ukraine military, attributing it to their actions against Russia.

The document delves into the writer's past data sets, some dating back to 2013, which predicted events that took longer to manifest than initially anticipated. For instance, a forecast from 2016 about an attack on Oceania, which includes areas like Hawaii and Maui, only materialized in 2023. The writer emphasizes the challenges of predicting the timing of such events.

The latter part of the document focuses on directed energy weapons (DEWs). These are described as nanometer waves, similar to microwaves but on a smaller scale. The writer suggests that these DEWs are responsible for specific damages observed, particularly in Maui. The damages are inconsistent with traditional fire damage, pointing instead to the effects of these weapons. The writer mentions that DEWs interact with metals and water, explaining the observed patterns of damage. The writer strongly believes that this was a targeted attack and criticizes the media and "powers that be" for trying to conceal the true nature of the event. The writer also touches upon insurance companies not paying out claims for such damages, attributing it to clauses that exclude acts of war or terrorism.

#roadwork #economics #spacealiens #Ukraine #military #data #predictions #Oceania #Hawaii #Maui #directedenergyweapons #DEWs #nanometerwaves #attack #media #concealment #insurance #war #terrorism #damage

Al2O3 is some tough shit - 08-24-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Still August 24. It's about 10:00, so it didn't take all that long. Heading back out outward Bound in a largeish convoy of road equipment.

Heading out to do some kind of a repair somewhere up north. This is a pretty isolated, rough country up here, and if you head up into the Olympic Peninsula, they're very sparsely settled, to say the least. There's roads and stuff up there and a few people that live up there, but not very many. But it looks like we've got some major road work having to be done just to maintain things here. The size of these rocks they're hauling north on the Low Boy trailers are larger than most SUVs, so there must be some kind of a hillside that's collapsed, or they've got to install a new bridge or a button or something.

Thousands of pounds of gravel and rocks anyway, though.

So outside of the chaos that's indicated the huge amount of release language pouring out in September, driven a lot of it by the economics and financial and the fiscal problems that affect everything else.

But independent of the fiscal stuff, we also still have a continuing data line, a thread of these sets that relate to space aliens. So we still have a lot of that stuff building up.

The data suggests we're going to have some kind of reappearance, a rise of the space alien meme back up into public consciousness here around the 30th. And it will be soon, probably by the 6th or 7th or eigth. Of September be subsumed in the rising release language that comes to dominate in the latter half of September and then continues to the rest of the year. So during this period of time, I expect the Ukraine military to collapse. That's going to cause all kinds of freak outs, all kinds of freakouts.

No point in even going there, really discussing it. It's the mother Wefers, and they've got some severe issues as a result of their attacks on Russia and the whole Ukraine business. Right, the all right, so in some of the old data sets from, like, would have been picked up in about 2013 or so. We had a number of elements that were suggested they would show up in 2016. They haven't shown up until this year, so we're looking at a seven, eight ish year delta on a lot of these in terms of when the reports were issued, but maybe as much as a ten year delta off of when the data was actually taken up.

So I would get data that would start in, say, 2013, and it would be persistent, show up as a set, but there might not have been enough information around it to write about it. But I would see that every time I would do the run, that data set would still be there and it would grow, it would alter, it would morph. I'd do the referential integrity checks on it to make sure it wasn't an artifact of programming which could happen and it would grow over time. And then I would get some level of comfort in saying that this stuff was going to manifest. And then there was always the problem of picking out the timing.

Okay, so in 2016, it was evident in the data that we were going to have issues with Oceania, which includes Hawaii, includes Maui, and in 2016, we had reports that said that there was going to be an attack on Oceania by the powers that be, and that was going to create a lot of backlash. So that was put out as though it was going to happen in 2016. It has happened here now with the attack on Maui by the direct energy weapons. And so we have this delta from when the data first started showing up of about ten years. Now, I can't use that ten year period of time to do timing clues, right?

I couldn't say that every other set that would develop would also have a ten year period of time before it would manifest into reality.

Some sets would manifest within, depending on when the language came in, would manifest within days, weeks, or months, and it would be quite clear and we would be done with them. Some of these longer term sets, though, it's like basically a guess. We knew that it was going to be beyond 19 months because we were dealing with very long term data, and long term data was 19 months out to infinity. But within that huge range of 19 months away from the time the data was taken, which would have started in 2013, out to infinity is a big damn range, and it's going to manifest in there at some point. So there's all these not rules, but cautions or design pattern elements or guides to the design pattern or limits to the design pattern that I would try and apply it at certain points, right, especially relative to timing.

And it's always very difficult because the feedback loop, which would have been something manifesting and then noting the time it manifested, et cetera, et cetera, was always, in cases, a long term data. It might be actual years. And so here we had a forecast that was forecast for 2016. It shows up in 2023. We've got a seven year delta on that, but actually it's a ten year delta off the time that the data sets first started coming in.

And the manifestation now either ten years from the data or seven years from the report, because it took three years for that data to grow to the point where there was enough value referenced in the numerics to suggest that it was going to be an actual manifestation. Right? And then there was some took those three years to suggest that, well, it's going to be in the future, it'll be out at least this far. And so in 2016, it appeared that we'd crossed that threshold. And so it was safe to report on the powers that be attacking Oceania and the problems that would be caused from that.

But there was no way of knowing. It was out 19 months, but it was out beyond 19 months. And here we are certainly beyond the 19 months when that was put out as a report and it's now manifested seven years after that report. So one might think that there might be some form of a consistent difference between the proposed manifestation date and the actual manifestation date that could be analyzed and determined and maybe indeed we could do that. But it's variant, okay, it varies greatly.

So within the nature of the language, the subject matter, et cetera, et cetera, these one off episodes that are not part of otherwise building trends are very difficult to predict. So it was a one off, a unique kind of a thing. We hadn't had a lot of language. It wasn't about Hawaii, about Maui. There wasn't a long standing public awareness of any forms of contention within the social order there that would pre, say that this was about the point where tensions were going to boil over, a threshold would be crossed and something would manifest.

So these are not unique events, okay? They have an aspect of being singletons or singularly self contained kind of events. So this is an interesting thing in and of itself, right, is the nature of the sets that sometimes the data would present, oh, this is going to happen. Boink and that's it. And it's not surrounded by longer term data in any meaningful fashion.

It's not part of any other set. It just appears it's standalone, it has enough value that it grows over time and it shows to the manifestation threshold. And you're just left wondering, okay, what now? There were a number of those within the data sets and in the main, mostly they have indeed manifested, okay? Mostly they indeed have shown up.

The language has been met, although of course within the manifestation. So I probably had 50, maybe 80 words about the attack on Oceania. Not a description of the beaches, not a description of the directed energy weapons or Oprah or Obama or any of these fuckers being involved. Now they were involved. We knew that they were involved.

They were in the category of the powers that be. So there are elements that are indeed accurate within the forecast. But the forecast at the time could not include all the really weird language that might have guided us more towards directed energy weapons. Nor would it have done us any good, so to speak, in the in the sense that even if we had known that there was going to be a directed energy weapon attack, there wouldn't have been anything you could have done about it. Right.

It's not like you can put on metal roofing and have it reflect the directed energy weapons now I'll finish with this on the timing and then get into that for a second. So the timing aspect has always been a bitch. It's always just been terrible in terms of trying to manage this. It's obviously a much more complex problem involved there than solving the issue of manifestation thresholds for emotional language. At what point does the emotion reach a threshold just ahead of the manifestation of that thing into reality?

Like with a fight, at what point do the words cross the threshold and the fist starts swinging? And if you knew the nature, if you could read the emotional tension in the people that you were looking at, if you had like an emotional tension meter that you could aim at them and get a reading, you would probably be able to see it escalate up. And then you'd say, AHA, the threshold was 144. Whenever it got to 144 on this particular meter, the fists would start swinging. Regardless of the nature of the words, it's the emotional tone underneath them that preses what's going to occur.

And so timing is something that is variant within that threshold being reached within each and every situation. So the situations themselves are all unique relative to that. Although they're all common, they all share this common happenstance of the reaching a threshold and then something manifesting into our reality. Anyway, so big problem and so on, but nonetheless, the language is there even though the timing clues are way off. And of course we're inventing this stuff back in 1990s and 1993, I got the idea and started inventing this stuff.

So it can be expected that it's going to take us a while to figure out what the hell we're doing anyway though. So getting on to the directed energy weapons for a minute. So these are not like lasers. They may involve lasers at some point, but the directed energy weapon itself is what's known as a nanometer wave. Okay?

So it's like smaller waveforms than you get in the microwaves, but it's very much of a microwave kind of radiation that's coming out at you. And they shoot these things out of tubes that have wave guides on them. In the tubes are either in airplanes or you could put them on a balloon, but you'd have to have all kinds of power to support it, that sort of thing, right? So this is a known technology. We know who invents them, we know who's building them, we know who has the patents on them.

Right? So if you wanted to go look up nanometer waves or Nanowave guides or sub millimeter waves, you'll see that you're going to end up with a bunch of patents that are going to Boeing, Lockheed Martin, Raytheon, any number of these very large corporations are involved in various aspects of this. So you can easily see how Boeing airplanes could carry these things. You open up a side door or a back door on a c 130. You maybe not even have to open the door.

Maybe they're just mounted on the bottom of the plane. And you have a generator that provides the electricity. And then you shoot out all these waves. The waves come down and they interact with the material down here. So they'll boil water if there's enough moisture in the air.

So you won't get an energy attack, you won't get a dew attack on a day when there's lots of chemtrails because that would dissipate the energy and eat it all up and cause heating at a level right there in the atmosphere, not on the ground. Right.

It just won't occur. You won't have those on non clear days. I'm going to stop here for a minute. Put this on hold. I think, anyway, though, the nanometer waves, when they react with the buildings and stuff, they react off of the metal and in organics, they're reacting off the flesh.

And so that's why we have the particular kind of damage to the bodies that we have. They were not burned. So I've seen animals that have been caught in forest fires, okay? And so you would see like, there was a picture of a dog from Maui, and the dog's perfectly preserved. He's dead.

He's lying on his back. His legs are out and stiff and contorted and twisted, but the body is there. The hair is gone. It's not burned though. Okay?

And there's no sign that it was incinerated by heat. Because I worked for Department of Natural Resources up here and went in with a couple of crews. I was an It guy, but I would always go out whenever I could. But I worked with a couple of crews that went out after forest fires and cleaned up. And you'd come across the bodies of know, small squirrels, raccoons, possums.

Didn't make any difference, really. They all had the same effect. They were all burned. They were like, cooked. The fats were rendered out of them.

None of that has happened in Maui. So anyway, I'm going to put this on pause for a minute, get this and then head back out on the road. Be right back. Anyway, back again. Stop and get a little can of portable fuel here.

Anyway, so the directed energy weapons interact with the power lines. They're going to interact with electricity. They're going to not interact with a tree. Right? There's not a lot of metals in a tree.

Far more metals in your body than you'll find in most of the trees. Also, they're attracted to the water, right? And so this is why the boats melted. This is why the railings on the docks melted. This is why there was all the metal melt.

This is why the power lines fell down. And this is why we see all of these effects. And so I'm of the opinion that you could get some forensic engineers, engineers that examine things after the fact, like bridge disasters, that sort of thing. And you could do that with biologists and energy people like Ken Schwartz at C 60 Purple Power, right? He could probably go through there and he could probably do an analysis.

He's got the skills and the schooling to be able to stand up in court and say that he has standing that is to say that he's got a history examining these things. And he could say that it is unlikely that in the extreme that a fire over on the shore is going to melt the metal handrails on a dock that's sitting out on the surface of the water some hundred feet away. And even if the boats are melting and burning they're still so far away that the distance from the fire to the metal railing would be such that the metal railing that melted, which would require well if it was aluminum to get through it, it would require 3100 grease. So there's the thing guys, if you're a welder, you know that when you weld aluminum you've got to get through the aluminum oxide that aluminum melts at a reasonably it welds at around 1200 degrees. But to get there you've got to get through the aluminum oxide which is really tough stuff and that requires that you go through 3100 degrees and all aluminum that's exposed, especially on the ocean, especially near the water where you've got an ionic balance that's different over the land, will have thick layers of aluminum oxide.

So you're really going to have to work at maintaining at least 3100 degrees to get through that. Then of course it'll melt rapidly. Right? And so 20 or 30 or 40 or 50ft away from a boat, fire from a boat that is melting on the water. So that matters because the water is going to suck up and dissipate side heat from the fire itself.

As the water dissipates it away it'll provide moisture in the air which will further degrade the ability of the heat to travel through the air to affect that aluminum railing hundreds of feet or 50 or even 20ft away. Right? And so the pattern of things here is definitely a directed energy weapon. And like I say, I know scientists that can get out there and they could provide you with an understanding of what actually happened, of what actually went down, that it was not a wildfire, it was not electrical lines, none of that was participatory. It was all ancillary to the effect itself and was used by the media and the powers that be to try and lay off the blame and create this and muddy the issue so that no one knows that this is a directed energy weapon attack.

Right? And so this was Pearl Harbor. Thousands of people, 1000 people missing, 500 of them children, hundreds dead. This was in my way of thinking this was worse than the original Pearl Harbor because A, they're also trying to keep it secret that I think is a very evil part of all of this, right? And then the insurance company is not paying off on it.

Why aren't they paying off on it? Right? Well, their excuses are bullshit, but they know that it was a targeted hit and so they can't come out and say it's a targeted hit because those are actually excluded. Most of the insurance policies, if you go read the insurance policy on your house, you'll find out you're not covered for acts of war. And so if your house were to be destroyed in an act of war, or even most people's houses would not be paid off if it was an act of terrorism.

And so in either case, if the powers that had officially declared war on the people of Oceania, which includes Hawaii, and then they attacked Maui, none of the houses would have been expected by the insurance companies to have to be paid for. But even in this situation where we've got this secret war going, even if they were to declare that this was a result of an act of terrorism, that would also be an out for the insurance companies, right? So they're there for accidental kind of stuff, not for deliberate acts on part of another person, especially the evil motherfucking WEF and Hillary Clinton and Obama and Oprah and all these other fucktards.

Anyway though. So the directed energy weapon signature is quite clear. No, I don't think it came from space. Right? There's issues with beaming stuff, including nanometer waves and having them be cohesive enough to be able to be effective.

So your source for this has to be reasonably close. And if you look at raytheon's patents on directed energy weapons, you find that they are anticipating that these things would be put into airplanes so that they could get close enough to actually make it work. The nanometer waves are sent out through a long tube that aligns them and then it goes through several wave guides to emerge as a very tight beam weapon that then will be anticipated to spread on distance. And so you would know what your spread would be. So you know that if you turn on your machine and start shooting this Ray out your airplane, that 500ft down.

That leaves the weapon and the size of the aperture hole for the beam, for the directed part of the energy weapon is maybe that's as small as a millimeter across. It's not very big, right? But at the time that at 500ft out, that thing that started off as a millimeter wide might be 100 yards wide, right? And so you would know that, oh, if I want to incinerate something 100 yards wide, I just have to fly my airplane 500ft up and turn this machine on and fly over, back and forth over the area I want to incinerate. It's not going to harm trees.

It'll obviously fry a dog. Probably killed squirrels, probably killed vast quantities of insects in the area, may have even damaged stuff on the shore offshore slightly that got hit by it because the nanometer waves could be expected to penetrate some small distance into water. Small distance, right. Not many feet, but maybe a foot. So if you're close to the tide line, you may find that if you had oysters there, maybe all the oysters are cooked, right?

So all of the shellfish and the indigenous life along that shoreline that accidentally got touched by it under the water even, would be affected. And so it's not boiled or anything like that. It's just dead and killed because it was like incinerated internally without any fire. So again, you'd have evidence that this is not a brush fire.

It was an attack. And now we're in this point where the media is fighting, and pretty soon they'll probably have to come out and get some kind of official support in this fight that will say that if you say it's a due weapon in Hawaii. We're going to have to arrest you, or we're going to have to throw your account off of Twitter or whatever the fuck. Right? Some kind of officialdom support for the narrative, because so many people are now climbing on this and saying, hey, shit ain't right here.

This was not a brush fire, that somebody did something to these people. And we think it was this stuff that we're calling a do, a directed energy weapon. But of course, you can go and look at Raytheon. They've been building these fuckers. They've got patents on the nanometer waveguide stuff that goes back into the 60s.

So this is not a fantasy. These guys have this technology.

They might have hundreds of airplanes fitted with this shit for all I know. But it does exist, and it's now being used against us as the communists decide that they're going to fight the people. They always do this. Okay? So communism rises, and it's always against the people.

It's always called a Communist dictatorship because it's always a minority that gets the majority fractured to the point where they can assume control, and then the majority has to eventually come together to get rid of them. And in the Soviet Union, it took them 72 years to do that, to throw out the revolution and get rid of all these fuckers. We're going to do this much more rapidly. They've been working on us. Well, actually, it was 72 years in Russia after they had succeeded, the communist revolutionaries had started settling into Russia in the 1890s.

So the Russian Revolution 20 years later was was done by people that had been seated in that 20 year period of time within the population to do exactly this. So we've been under attack since for probably like the last 50 to 60 years, since the late 50s, since the McCarthy hearings and all of that. They were talking about the communist infiltration. That was overtaking the US. At that point.

And then it went deeper to the point where we didn't see it. But they're also not using the traditional communist stuff, which is class warfare, economic class warfare here. They're trying to get it over racial warfare. The problem is that you don't have a solution for racial warfare in class warfare. Communism could take over with class warfare on an economic basis because the solution was that the communist system made everybody equal, okay?

And it removed the egregious corruption that had led to the point that it had to come in. Now, they're not trying to bring communism in based on economics. They're trying to bring it in on race. And it's like, well, okay, after the Communists take over, is Obama going to make us all black? Are we all equal thereafter?

Are we all Mexican, Hispanic, Latino? We're going to be Asian? What's the deal? There is no solution that the communists can offer other than continual, constant strife and ultimately a race war. And there they've already told everybody so that if you're black or brown, we're going to go and kill all the whites.

So you guys stay on our side. And yeah, we sort of look white, but we're really Jewish or we're really Khazarian. We're not really white, so you don't have to worry. We'll be in charge, but we're not white guys, okay? So anyway, this is the state of the situation relative to communism and the attacks here that's going to be coming out.

So I think that as we get into September, maybe a lot more on this directed energy weapon stuff is going to come out and a lot more people will start feeling that, uhoh, we're being attacked by the powers that be. And they've got these secret weapons that can do this shit to us and we'll never even see it coming. We just have to survive it and then retaliate afterwards. So now I'm waiting to the at this point, we haven't had the retaliations yet, okay? Those are coming, in my opinion.

So the data sets had always had that it was difficult to tell where the threshold would be crossed. But at some point, there will be a threshold here, and I think we're very close to it. Maybe we're within a month or so after that threshold is crossed, there is individual retaliation against these guys. And this is where it gets really interesting for the rest of the public, myself included, because we will get to the point where I don't know how soon we'll find out about these attacks and stuff that will come out. Maybe it'll have to be a month after, two months after.

Maybe there'll be rumors. Maybe it'll come out because it'll be public. But we'll have situations where, like, pick a powers that be guy, pick a wephonian. It doesn't know klaus Schwab, George Soros, Bill Gates, Obama, Oprah, any of these fuckers that are, in the, quote, good club. They will be being attacked at a personal level.

Their security people will be shot at, they will be shot at, their cars will be attacked, there will be deliberate car crashes against them. There will be people that will try and burn their houses down while they're in them. All of this stuff's going to be going on now a lot of this is also going to extend over to now that it's going to be coming back up again, the shotgivers. And so we're going to have a lot of people that will reach this pain threshold where it will distort their mind and they know they're dying from having taken the shots and they're going to start acting out and that we'll have individual retaliation. So they'll go and shoot a local pharmacist that was given the shots, right?

They'll go and shoot a doctor. They'll go and try and take over a hospital and shoot multiple doctors and it's not a generalized the powers that be are going to make it out to right wing extremists. They're going to say it's domestic terrorism and all of that. They're going to try and sell it. But you'll see very quickly with these things that the individuals chosen as the targets for this are scaling up to the powers that be.

They're scaling up into the WEF. And that marks the opening of the or that marks the beginning of the opening war, of the open war between the quote, rulers, the elite and the rest of the populace. Then we'll start seeing plane crashes and a lot of these fuckers are going to die simply because they can't cover everything. And their security systems and security people, they have to have those people allied with them. A lot of them won't be anymore but also they can't handle everything.

So a security guy right now for, let's say Bill Gates. Bill Gates gets on a private airplane and he flies somewhere. His security guys go through and they do their regular routines and stuff. They can't monitor the fuel that goes into the plane. They can't monitor the guy who does the maintenance on the plane.

And he knows it's Bill Gates plane and he's got a shot because he was forced to take it and he's ill and he's dying and he says, oh fuck it, I'm going to just shave 1200ft off of this altimeter under this certain range. So once it drops below 3600ft, all of a sudden 1200ft goes away. Then what's the pilot going to do? Major freak out. Ultimately there's going to be a crash because he can't land because he doesn't know how high he is.

And so that would be the kind of thing we're going to see is these crashes and stuff that will be quote, unexplained, but it'll start taking out a lot of the powers that be. Guys. Anyway guys, I'm back home now. I'll get this stuff uploaded. What a day.

Anyway, talk to. You later. It's going to be a really strange fall. And next year, as we get into Sci-fi world and this is really the transition into that over these next couple of years. All right, that's it.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


El of a situation – 06-29-2023

El of a situation - 06-29-2023

El of a situation - 06-29-2023

Episode Summary:

the text discusses the growing interest and changes in language concerning space aliens and UFOs, with senators now actively participating in the dialogue. A notable development mentioned is Avi Loeb retrieving small spheroidal fragments from an interstellar object over New Zealand, which some believe to be parts of an artificial device. The text then delves into an analysis of data sets that have been collected since 1997, which are claimed to have presciently predicted various global trends including the decline of fiat currency, changes in central banking systems, and shifts in control structures. These data sets are divided into immediacy data, midterm data, and long-term data based on their temporal relevance and have been found to interrelate with descriptor sets. A significant revelation predicted by these data sets is the government’s release of information regarding UFOs, which is expected to occur amidst other events like food riots. The text ends by highlighting the anticipation and skepticism of the public in response to these disclosures, with an overall positive outlook on the revelations despite expected government and media manipulations.

The text discusses the disclosure and manipulation of information by the control system, often referred to as the "deep state," and how this has changed with the advent of the internet. Prior to the internet, the control system could easily suppress or manipulate information without facing consequences. However, with the internet, information, especially about UFOs and alleged deep state activities, has become more accessible, and people are becoming more skeptical of the mainstream narrative.

The text also addresses how the language and discourse have been deliberately corrupted to serve specific agendas. The author suggests that this has been particularly prominent in the case of climate change, where he believes that the narrative has been manipulated to create panic and control the masses. He points out that this manipulation has been so pervasive that even those who are genuinely knowledgeable or have intuitive abilities are misled.

Furthermore, the text delves into historical information, particularly concerning UFOs and extraterrestrial encounters recorded in ancient texts like the Torah, Greek history, and the Vedas. The author asserts that these ancient records are more reliable because they were created before the modern manipulative influences of the control system.

In essence, the text discusses the evolving nature of information control, the deliberate corruption of language and narrative for specific agendas, and the reliability of ancient texts as sources of historical information, in contrast to manipulated modern narratives.

The text discusses a speculative narrative about the Khazarians, who are portrayed as a relatively recent group influenced by an entity referred to as "the EL". The EL, according to the narrative, originated from northern India and migrated to what is known as Khazaria (present-day Ukraine) after a conflict or power struggle. The text suggests that the EL engaged in genetic manipulation with the Khazarians and later with the twelve tribes in Judea.

The Khazarians are depicted as wanting to link themselves with ancient history, despite not having any genetic connection to the people mentioned in the Bible. The text mentions that this year may witness a breakdown in the Khazarians' control over information, especially regarding UFOs.

Furthermore, the text raises concerns about the concealment of true human history by various institutions, which has led to a distorted view of the development of species on Earth. The text argues that if the hidden information were available, certain theories, such as Darwin’s theory of evolution, would have been challenged. It references the existence of various hominid types and hints at extraterrestrial intervention in human genetics.

The narrative additionally suggests that our current societal structures, including the hierarchical system, might be remnants of organizational structures imposed on humans by extraterrestrial entities. The text also introduces the concept of the EL believing in six genders, created through chemical manipulation, and highlights that this belief was passed on to the groups they interacted with.

The text discusses a speculative theory about the influence of a group called the EL on human history and society. The EL are believed to have introduced patriarchy and certain rituals, such as circumcision, to the human species. The author suggests that the EL treated humans like cattle, harvesting them for resources and creating a control class to maintain dominion over humanity. The text implies that the EL had advanced knowledge but were not adept at creating, and used CRISPR technology for genetic modification. The author also discusses a theory about a historical event approximately 12,000 years ago, which is believed to be an act of war that led to a series of natural disasters due to the removal of a landmass connecting South America and Antarctica. This act is said to have altered global climate patterns and contributed to subsequent catastrophes. The text concludes by forecasting an exciting and turbulent period ahead, with the breakdown of long-standing control structures, and hints at involvement of space aliens and UFOs. It encourages people to be prepared and look forward to revelations and changes. Note that the theories presented in the text are speculative and not based on established historical or scientific evidence.

#greenhouse #weeding #coffee #machine #languageprocessing #spacealiens #UFOs #senators #AviLoeb #spheroids #interstellar #explosion #device #datasets #centralbanking #KhazarianMafia #disclosure #timing #foodriots #shortages #controlstructure #banking #fiatcurrency #congress #whistleblowers #emotions #censorship #media #manipulation #disclosure #internet #awakening #information #deepstate #movies #socialorder #narrative #dollar #confidence #mainstreammedia #authority #dataanalysis #languagecorruption #earthdisasters #climatechange #socialconsciousness #naturaldisasters #psychic #historical #Torah #Sanskrit #Vedas #rabbinical #BronzeAge #lineage #genetics #tribes #ancienthistory #mafia #caliyuga #Freemasons #Smithsonian #Darwin #homocapensis #giants #cyclops #genesplicing #CRISPR #mentalcontrol #academic #coneheads #psychicabilities #authoritarian #patriarchy #pharaohs #pyramid #Elohim #chemicalmanipulation #breeding #civilization #galactic #energy #harvesting #geneediting #climate #history #landmass #Antarctica #icesheets #war #meteors #weapons #floods #academia #debunking #government #nutrition #controlstructures #aliens

Episode: El of a situation - 06-29-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. Hopefully this will work.

Second go at this same subject here. It's the 29 June and it's probably around ten something. I'm out in the greenhouse doing weeding and having a bit of coffee while awaiting some stuff to get done and processing on a machine in the house. Anyway, it takes about an hour, but I thought to go over some of this stuff about the intriguing changes in the landscape of language around space aliens and UFOs and all of that crud, right? Senators now getting in the act, people all getting whipped up, space aliens all around.

Avi Loeb has retrieved little tiny spheroids from an interstellar object that blew itself to shit over, I think it was New Zealand.

They were spheroids and other chunks, some of which look like they are actually not melted bits of metal, but metal that was blown out in an explosion and came out like a flake, right? As though it had been a small chunk of a wall or something, right? A segment of an already fabricated device. Anyway, so there's some things to go over on the whole space alien business. All right?

So going all the way back to 1997, in the very first run I did, there was information that tied together three very large sets. These very, very large sets have been prescient and have been percolating and getting filled and fulfilling themselves and then getting refilled over time. Since that point in 97, these three sets involved what we could say is the death of fiat currency, the death of the central banking system taking over the planet, and the death of the control structure of the Khazarean mafia and the disclosure movement, okay? And so these three large sets would intermingle at various different levels over time and that would change, but they were always cojoined, all right? So there was always this triumphant of these three sets that repeatedly showed up.

And I knew it was not an artifact of my programming because I did things to analyze that, to check that the data was actually there, and it was. And in fact, they turned out to be quite prescient indeed. Albeit my timing clues were screwy on all this long distance stuff, right? So I basically was very good with immediacy data, reasonably good with both the midterm and long term. But my long term data had an essential flaw in it because the range was so big.

The range started at about 19 months out from the time of the data gathering and as far as I could tell, would sometimes run maybe centuries. Right. There was no determinative limit on the emotions involved the way there was with both the immediacy data and the near term or midterm data. Right? So I had data sets that were showing up that would be effective before I could even hardly interpret them.

So really, immediacy data, right? I would catch the wave just minutes before cresting, sometimes in terms of how the data was gathered. And I finally got around to looking at it and the Immediacy data ran from right then, but usually was affected. The only thing I really tried to put into the reports was stuff that would be effective from about three days out after the publication of the date of the report because it would take me sometimes almost a month to put these reports together. They're very large.

Anyway, so we had the Immediacy data, so basically three days out to the end of the third week. And then we would have midterm data which would go from that point from about the end of the third week, so the beginning of the fourth week, all the way out to the 19th month. And it would shade in the end there and sort of fade out in terms of its actual prescient value. And then we would have the long term data, which was 19 months out, whoever knows how long based on the subject in any event though, so now the timing clues aside, these three data sets were very prescient and they were long term and they continually yielded advanced notice of major trends developing. And one thing that was really key about all of these data sets was that they were interrelated.

And the Descriptor sets for those interrelationships turned out to be very tightly bound and very prescient indeed.

So the sets that would produce a descriptor of a period of time in which we would have food riots or in discourse around food shortages and all of this, such as we're in now, as well as the UFO information popping up, such as we're in now, and the food shortages, by the way, goes to the control structure. And then the discussion about the poor money bidenflation, all of that, right? The whole central banks crapping out, the CBDCs, et cetera, et cetera. All that about the banking industry and about the death of Fiat. So we have all three of these cojoined.

And then we had this Descriptor set that was very clear that a lot of this shit was going to come to a head in an interlinked fashion within these sets, but it would be dominated by disclosure information, UFOs, aliens, all of that. And it would happen in summer and that it would, as we see now, it's already begun. We've had these hearings and so forth this year they've built up to the point that we're going to have congressional and Senatorial hearings over summer. We now have Senators involved in saying, yeah, the whistleblowers ain't blowing smoke up your ass, it's legit. And we have all this new information coming out right?

And so that's in line with the data sets and the Descriptors that I had had. The Descriptors talked about a massive release of disclosure information in a way that government would not find pleasing or palatable. Of course, government is not a monolithic entity and there's going to be millions of opinions within government because there's tens of millions of people working there. But nonetheless, the data sets gave an impression of irritated officialdom over a release that came coincident from or coincident with food rioting at the end of summer in August and that would be originating from or involving Delaware and Maryland in this little area where the states are all jammed up in there near DC. Right, and some kind of federal buildings there.

And so the Descriptor sets are continuing to provide emotional values even through the censorship and stuff now. And of course now we have the actual developing boots on the ground kind of manifestation of all of these sets. So it becomes easier to see the connections between these things in our current temporal environment, right, in these months. It's like if nobody had been speaking about the UFO stuff at all and it just popped up in August and we were blindsided by it, we would not have the same level of emotional tension value build as is indicated by the data had been indicated by the data for well over a decade and is currently seeming to manifest. Right.

So my expectation is that we'll get more and more whipped up as we go along about the I want to say, okay, so everybody's going to get whipped up about the words coming out, about the language and so on. But a lot of people will see through the manipulation, the media, et cetera. And they will see that there is indeed value coming out in the form of an actual kind of a disclosure, in spite of all of the games that everybody's going to be playing with it and all of the filters. Everybody's going to be putting on it in terms of official dome and all of the various different kinds of language to make you think of it one way as opposed to another, et cetera, et cetera. There will be an overall underlying manifestation of a reality here that in the end or not in the end, but in all ways it's going to be positive for us.

It had always marked this disclosure. It always marked basically the end of the control system being able to exert its influence both 100% and 100% of the time as well as without retribution from people having it imposed on them, right? So prior to the internet, prior to today's age, prior to this great awakening, they could say any fucking shit they wanted. If you objected, they would always find as a local guy trying to deal with your newspapers, et cetera, and the limited ability to disseminate information, they would always be able to find some way to come and stomp you into the ground and eliminate you and thus you would become a blip, right? And so many of the blips we see in today's internet history of UFOs and stuff were people that were actually subjected to the heavy hand of the deep state and made to disappear from history through obscuration through obfuscation.

And through being their stories being distorted or elements of it removed and then put into dilution phase which is to be included in the movies and stuff. Right? So that everybody says, oh yeah, I've heard that before, it was in this movie, right? Well, it was in that movie because it actually happened, that sort of thing. And they needed to dilute the information so that for their own purposes anyway.

So we're going to have a ton of that kind of stuff going along with this disclosure moment that we're coming into. The effects of this, though, should also be appreciated that it's going to be commensurate with this overall, um hiatus of progress. All right? Okay. So it's not that we've really degraded so much as that we've really stopped making any progress in our social order over the last hundred years that the Kazareans have controlled us and especially over like the last 50 years of intense domination of the narrative.

In any event though, so that's going to be bust open by all of the activity within the UFO stuff as well as the dollar degrading. All of which is going to lead to this total lack of confidence on the part of the normies, and probably to a great degree, is already there within the ability of the mainstream media and quote, authority to be able to make pronouncements and statements that stick. They just don't anymore. Their lifespan can be measured in mere minutes before they're debunked or set upon by community notes and this kind of thing. So we now have come into this particular part of our planet where we have a new appreciation for the weighting of opinion, right?

And so I know from my data analysis that my own work over 20 plus years was being polluted in a way that I was not aware of at the time it was happening. And this was relative to disasters, earth disasters, right? And that this pollution was creeping in from the deliberate corruption of the language and the discourse of the social order around the idea of Earth disasters in order that they could promote the climate change stuff, right? And so they started way back in the have been working it ever since. And they've been working this whole idea that there's a giant, giant disaster level.

They're trying to build this within the social order such that we get to the point where we're at now with all the climate crazies willing to damage their bodies in order to somehow save the planet through their own egoistically motivated idea of themselves, an image of themselves as the last social or planetary warrior or something right against evil humanity. So these are people are deluded and their minds have been fucked over. But this has been a deliberate attempt, ongoing since the 50s. My data sets did not appreciate that, nor did I in terms of being able to screen it out. And so I picked up on a lot of natural disaster stuff that was never going to manifest, but was nonetheless a descriptor set with a building level of attention of emotional tension around it and supporting it, okay?

So they've been doing this for a long time and they're good at it and it has seeped way down into our social consciousness and it's in all the movies, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. So it influences all of our discussion and language. So I know that those people that are out there in the fringe world, in the wu world, who are saying, oh, we've got a giant natural disaster coming, or there's going to be this kind of a natural disaster, or there's a whole solar flash, or there's giant solar flares headed our way, or the Elite think that we're all going to be scrubbed off the planet by 2030. That's why they don't give a shit about XYZ stuff, right? That's why they don't care anymore about letting you know they're a pedophile, they want to live their last days openly as a pedophile, that kind of thing, right, in this hedonistic orgy before they go out in this giant solar flash.

Well, these people are being influenced by the powers that be, by the Kazarean mafia, by their pollution of the language favoring climate crises at levels that the fringe people are not able to filter out and become prescient about and even are not even aware of affecting their own thinking. So it's affecting everybody, though, because it's so pervasive in the movies and all this kind of thing, it percolates up into the woo people. So those people that are woo people and psychic legitimately so, are being steered wrong by the giant psychic collective that's being manipulated by the Kazarean mafia through the corporate synagogue of mainstream media, okay?

So I know these people that are saying that many of them are quite legit in their information, their impressions, et cetera, but they're wrong. And they're wrong because they're not aware that the underlying support for their particular position is being manipulated.

Excuse me, pollen out here.

Anyway, so humans are OD that way, right? Frequently we're not self examining and we don't have processes or method around stuff, right? We sort of try to get to it, but frequently we miss. In any event, though, so the elite, the Kazarean mafia, the mother, Wefers are the source filters for all kinds of shit. So I don't accept this is why I'm so hung up on historical information relating to UFOs, right, stuff, especially stuff that in some way predates the ability of the Khazarean mafia to have manipulated it at a source level.

So I accept a lot of the stuff at face value in the Torah if it's written in Hebrew and if it's translated word for word because you won't find the word God, it's not a religious text, et cetera, et cetera, right? It's a description of dealing with these mean motherfucking space aliens called the EL, and I appreciate that same thing in the Greek histories of their interaction with the gods in other cultures, interaction with the gods. And we frequently find this, and it's also in Sanskrit, it's in the Vedas, these descriptions of interacting with these beings, right? And their capriciousness, their murderous intent, all the things they did, et cetera. And So I take those as Face Value, because the Caesarean Mafia, however much it may be, manipulating them now by Trying, for Instance, to Restrict Access to The Talmud, to only People that understand Hebrew and have been through.

Rabbinical mind control schools in order that they would read it a particular way and not actually read it at face value and get another understanding. So they've done that for the last thousand plus years, but prior to that there was no organized Kazarean mafia. Now the Khazareans, okay, they don't predate the last Bronze Age. So the descending Bronze Age, the descending Dwapara yuga, 6000 years back, is where the Judeans come from, where they come in, the Khazarians are much more recent than that. So they needed to have a lineage that would allow them some level of leverage, so to speak, in all of this.

But the Khazarians are relatively recent and they stem from the EL mucking about with them as a result of some other stuff going on. And then the EL being kicked out of India, that was really what caused this was some kind of a schism or a factional power dispute or a full on war. But in any event, the EL left northern India, where we have all kinds of records of them being and then went to what we now think of as Khazaria or the Ukraine, and then eventually the remnants of the el that survived that last battle there with Khazarians where they'd taken over the Khazarians and had a GANZ there to do their genetic manipulation. Those EL that survived that battle with whoever they were fighting, we don't know the name or any of that, they went down and took over the twelve tribes in Judea and started another GANZ and started manipulating there. But basically the Khazarians are a recent invention that needed to tie themselves to this ancient history.

And they did have a legit reason, the mafia part anyway, of trying to tie themselves to that history because they were also a tribe that was captured and abused by the EL, although these people have no genetic connection to any of the people from the Bible. Okay, in any event, though, so I like all of those books and I appreciate their description of the planet much more than what we get through any of the Khazarian filters. And we will see soon, starting this year, this total breakdown of the ability of the Khazarians to control information, especially about the UFO issue. Now the UFO issue is coming out on its own. There's pressures against the officialdom on the UFO and the technology, et cetera, independent of whatever the hell the Khazarians may want to do.

There are timing things that they just cannot control, such as where we are in this particular Kaliyuga and so on. And so it's gratifying for me to see this particular summer develop as it is developing with this conjunction of the UFO language and the outing of the Khazarian Mafia control structure, the deep state and the destruction of the Fiat currency all rolled up into one, as had been forecast by the data sets. It's like, okay, this is pretty cool now, okay, so other aspects of this stuff that's going to come on out is going to be this huge confusion about our history and what the hell happened on this planet after the invasion that was 12,000 years ago, which we can get into some other point here. Our history is polluted with hidden aspects. Where the Freemasons and all these people destroyed vast quantities smithsonian Institute all of these kind of guys vast quantities of physical material that would provide us with a real good view of the progression of species here.

And would have blown Darwin out of the water and we never would have fucked with him and he never would have had any kind of academic following. Darwin doesn't explain the Homo capensis. It doesn't explain, I think, over 140 kinds of hominids, including giants and cyclops and also miniature cyclops. That'd be a little freaky to see a three foot human with a single eye anyway. So we as humans have no ability to do gene splicing.

Okay? And that's false idea. We have a tool called CRISPR whose whole function is to burn out gene sequences and fuse together the gene connections behind them so that the DNA appears to have been whole without that gene being there. This is what our genetic structure looks like. As though we've had a series of genes burned out, right?

A series of chromosomes, a chromosomatic line taken out of our DNA. I refer to them as genes because there's real dispute as to what actually forms chromosomes. Where it starts, where it stops. If the telomeres are in fact an indicator of the end of a chromosome, this seems unlikely since there's at least two other kinds of telomeres that appear at both at the beginning and at the middle, sometimes near the middle of these structures that have been labeled as chromosomes. But it just doesn't matter, right?

It's a gene array and they just CRISPR eliminates them. We can't put any in. So we have one less than all the other primates. So we have 23 and they have 24, that kind of thing, right? Okay.

So our history is going to come on out and show as a result of the UFOs that we have not been told the real deal. I'm of the opinion that a lot of this is going to shake loose the mental control that's really held over the progressive community, right. All those people that are dominated by the progressive and that's we're whittling those down over time, but I think this will bust them loose when the total underpinning of their academic world is removed from them and we find out that all this other shit is actually very factual and very true. In any event, they will try and use things like emulation in order to say that, oh, well, no, there were never any cone heads ruling over humans. That that was just humans that had the idea they could be smarter if they smushed their kids heads into this particular shape.

That's not true. This is one of the emulation effects of dealing with these gods. Okay? Who made the homo capensis, the cone heads in order to rule over us? Who had they had a slightly they had a larger head, a very much more larger, advanced brain that didn't necessarily make them any smarter, any more intelligent.

They didn't have any better math skills, necessarily, or any of that, but they did have psychic abilities that we don't, some of which include the ability to control other people. Hang on a second.

Okay, back again. All right, so about the emulation thing. So they would say that humans who were trying to emulate the ruling classes installed by the space aliens and also the space aliens themselves, altering the bodies of their children by tying their heads to boards and all of this kind of thing to get skull elongation was just something that humans did. They deny the emulation aspect of it. But emulation is why we have basically everything we have the way we have it now.

Because the control structure, the authoritarian top down, pyramid structure, what militant feminism and militant progressivism defines as the patriarchy, is, in fact, a remnant of how the space aliens were organized and their imposition of that organization structure on the humans that they enslaved. So the pharaohs of the tribal leaders of the Yemeni tribes that were taken over by the EL and then driven north in this horrific forced march which killed probably over half of the population of the people that would ultimately become the Judeans. They did not have a pyramidal control structure until the EL took them over and enforced it. And the EL had one top dog EL, and then all the way down various different other categories. And the EL are the reason we have trans at this moment and why it's surfacing.

The EL insisted to their and they had demonstrable proof, but they insisted to their captives, both the Khazarians and the Judeans, that there were six genders between breeding male and breeding female. And they had these six genders within the Elohim, within the multiplicity of the EL and the EL. If you go and read all the literature and then also read the commentaries, which is what the talmud is about the literature and the ancillary discussion material.

We can leave out the idea of the oral tradition for a Torah. Okay? Not get into that at the moment, but just if you go read the written literature, you see that the EL themselves had these six genders between male and female and that they created the genders which were really quasi sexes. They created them by manipulation of chemicals in the womb of breeding females. And the EL had a very low opinion of women in their own species, right?

The EL were the patriarchy. They were the ones that insisted that there was this division in more than just breeding capacity within the species and that in their species anyway, women had this much reduced role and potential for it. This was not native to humans at that time. And the native tribes that these guys took over anyway, though. So we emulate them not only in smooshing our heads to boards, trying to make our kids look like the ruling elite and doing other things.

Okay? So the EL were the ones that introduced circumcision, and they insisted on it within the tribes they took over for a couple of different reasons, for a lot of reasons actually on their own part, mostly having to do with this sensor array that is in that skin. But nonetheless, it was ritualized as a covenant and a sacrifice and so on. Now, this was the way that they needed to think about it in the Kaliyuga, because during that period of time, it's all about sacrifice. That's when we had the horrific human sacrifices going on to serve the EL in Mesoamerica.

Okay? So the EL take over the Judeans and they also conquered Mesoamerica and what we think of as Panama north up in through New Mexico, and they had a fairly good hold on that civilization and then up into the Kaliyuga. The EL, in my opinion this is just my speculation got to the point where they were so deprived of galactic center energy that they had to up the rate at which they consumed concentrated versions of it in the form of extracts from humans. So bear in mind the word goy means cattle, okay? It means herd beast.

It actually means beast with implication of a herd beast. And we apply it to mean cattle or cow. That's what the word goy means. All non Jews are goyim, right? Goyim.

Many cows. And this again comes down from the EL. The EL treated humans as their herds, and they harvested us, and they had blowback from the native humans that they conquered about this whole harvest process. And so they decided this is my supposition they decided that they would bring in and create these controller classes, which they did, who didn't have problems harvesting us for their masters. And the EL, they were much more akin to them.

They had theoretically more DNA close to the EL, although I dispute that but in any event, I'm of the opinion the EL were not that good at creating. They used a CRISPR technology and did burnouts that. They didn't do insertions, okay? They didn't do gene, new DNA, new chromosome creation. They just removed and sort of accepted the consequences.

And that's why we have so many failed forms of hominids is because they had so many. Because it's not a very good process. In any event, though, so the EL harvest us for adrenochrome and we have all of these same kinds of behavior as was imposed on us by the yellow heme in this last period of time. Now, getting back to the guys who are doomsaying here about the climate or natural disasters, okay, that's a blow off from the Khazari and Mafia trying to create their climate crises. Shit.

But there's also an aspect in there of the Khazarian Mafia providing overlays to natural, to our real history such that we would find our real history to be obscured. So we have not had repeated natural disasters every 12,000 years or every 6000 years. That's not true. It has not happened that way. 12,000 years ago, we were attacked and a landmass was removed that separated the southern part of South America from Antarctica, okay?

That provided a bridge that denied the 40 degree latitude winds, the Roaring Forty s, the ability to circumnavigate the South Pole. Once that happened, the circumnavigation started. The wind started into a giant funnel, basically and started sucking in cold from space and denying the ability to transmit heat out of the Antarctic region prior to that period of time, prior to the removal of that island, which was quite sizable, bigger than the island of Great Britain, probably, or close to it anyway. And the debris is still there. You can still see where it was done.

It was an act of war. It was done 12,000 some odd years ago when it happened. It created a series of at least 4000 years, but maybe longer, in which we had a whole grouping of natural disasters that resulted from this traumatic damage to the planet. Some of this included the melting of the great northern ice sheets which existed because that island conducted heat down the coast of South America to Antarctica and kept Antarctica ice free all year long. All right?

It was a tropical paradise down there, or semi tropical. And what happened was the removal of that allowed Antarctica to freeze and that heat no longer went south and therefore went north. And it encountered the ice sheets of the great ice sheets of the north and those were melted, okay? And then later on, during another aspect of that war, meteors were brought down or directed energy weapons which destroyed this great lake that existed. It destroyed a dam and set loose these floods that came from that ice sheet.

Again, as an act of war. This war was going on for some period of time here. On the planet in the last great SATA yuga. In the last golden age in the descending side of it. Okay?

Anyway, so the Khazerian Mafia and academia are going to have their comeuppance here pretty quick and we'll start finding out real history about how a lot of this shit happened. And thus a lot of these polluting memes within the Woo world will be dispelled, they'll be debunked and people will say, oh shit. There was no repeating catastrophe. It was a period of 6000 years in which this planet had disasters as a result of war, not because of any natural thing that was going to happen here. Most of the whole natural disaster stuff as we know, is Khazari and Mafia mindfuckery, right?

They're just full of psyops and that's basically all they do. Anyway, so I've got to get in and get some other chores done here. But we need to note this as we go forward through this very exciting summer, the very exciting summer of the breakdown of the dollar, the breakdown of the organizational structure of the patriarchy, the imposed space alien organization. Now also, think of what this implies, right? Our government thinks they're dealing with UFOs and on the other side of that UFO mystery, most of our government, most of these authoritarian people think there's an authority structure on the other side of it and maybe there ain't, in which case, what the fuck are they going to do and what does it mean for them anyway?

So it's going to be just horrifically exciting.

So we're going to go through four months, five months, six months, in which decades happen every damn week in terms of exciting things coming on out and all of this sort of thing. So get your nutrition straight now, people. Get your head on right and get everything you need ready, get your popcorn and get it all set to be popped and have a good supply of it because it's going to go on for probably the rest of this year and then the next few years maybe winding down. We've got about 60 years or over 100 years of control structures that are going to come unglued here and leave us standing in the middle of all of this debris to rebuild. So anyway, have fun.

It's going to be just a great time. Oh yeah, there's wars in space aliens and UFOs and all of that but hey, you wanted something to do anyway.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.